advertisement
Options for ABB drives, converters and inverters
User’s manual
FENA-01/-11/-21 Ethernet adapter module
List of related manuals
Drive manuals and guides Code
(EN/Multilingual)
3AUA0000066143 ACS355 drives (0.37…22 kW,
0.5…30 hp) user’s manual
ACS580-01 manuals
ACSM1 manuals
ACS850-04 manuals
ACQ810 manuals
ACS880-01 manuals
ACS880-04 manuals
ACS880-07 manuals
9AKK105713A8085
00578051
00592009
00598718
9AKK105408A7004
9AKK105713A4819
9AKK105408A8149
Option manuals and guides
FENA-01/-11/-21 Ethernet adapter module user’s manual
3AUA0000093568
You can find manuals and other product documents in PDF format on the
Internet. See section
Document library on the Internet
back cover. For manuals not available in the Document library, contact your local ABB representative.
3AUA0000093568 Rev B
EN
EFFECTIVE: 2014-01-29
User’s manual
FENA-01/-11/-21 Ethernet adapter module
2014 ABB Oy
All Rights Reserved.
Table of contents 5
Table of contents
List of related manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1. Safety instructions
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Use of warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Safety in installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2. Introduction to the manual
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Applicability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Target audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Purpose of the manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
General terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Modbus/TCP terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
EtherNet/IP terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
PROFINET IO terms and abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3. Overview of the Ethernet network and the FENA-01/-
11/-21 module
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Ethernet network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Example topology of the Ethernet link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
FENA-01/-11/-21 Ethernet adapter module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Layout of the adapter module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
6 Table of contents
4. Mechanical installation
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Necessary tools and instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Unpacking and examining the delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Installing the adapter module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
5. Electrical installation
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Necessary tools and instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
General cabling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Connecting the adapter module to the Ethernet network . . . . . . 44
Connection procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Modbus/TCP protocol
6. Modbus/TCP – Start-up
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Drive configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Modbus/TCP connection configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
FENA-01/-11-/21 configuration parameters – group A
(group 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group B
(group 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group C
(group 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Control locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS355 drives . . . . . . . 63
Parameter setting examples – ACS355 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Speed and torque control using the ABB Drives –
Enhanced communication profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACSM1 drives . . . . . . . 67
Parameter setting examples – ACSM1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Speed and torque control using the ABB Drives –
Enhanced communication profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Table of contents 7
Parameter setting examples – ACS850 and ACQ810 . . . . . 73
Parameter setting examples – ACS880 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Parameter setting examples – ACS580 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Client configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Modbus register maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
7. Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Communication profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
ABB Drives communication profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Control word and Status word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Control word contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Status word contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
State machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Actual values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
8. Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Modbus/TCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Register addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Function codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Encapsulated Interface Transport / Read Device Identification . 97
Exception codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
8 Table of contents
Communication profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
ABB Drives profile - Classic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
ABB Drives profile - Enhanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Transparent 16-bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Transparent 32-bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
9. Modbus/TCP – Diagnostics
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Fault and warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Internal error code registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
EtherNet/IP protocol
10. EtherNet/IP – Start-up
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Drive configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
EtherNet/IP connection configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group A
(group 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group B
(group 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group C
(group 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Control locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS355 drives . . . . . . 133
Parameter setting examples – ACS355 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Speed control using the ODVA AC/DC drive profile,
Extended speed control assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACSM1 drives . . . . . . 137
Parameter setting examples – ACSM1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Speed control using the ODVA AC/DC drive profile,
Extended speed control assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Parameter setting examples – ACS850 and ACQ810 . . . . 142
Table of contents 9
Speed control using the ODVA AC/DC drive profile,
Extended speed control assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Parameter setting examples – ACS880 and ACS580 . . . . 146
Speed control using the ODVA AC/DC drive profile,
Extended speed control assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Configuring the client . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Before you start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Select protocol/profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Select output and input assembly instances . . . . . . . . 149
Select connection method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
EDS files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Configuring an Allen-Bradley® PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
11. EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Communication profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
ODVA AC/DC drive profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
ODVA output attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Run Forward & Run Reverse (Control supervisor object) .
Fault Reset (Control supervisor object) . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Net Ctrl (Control supervisor object) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Net Ref (AC/DC drive object) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Speed Reference (AC/DC drive object) . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Torque Reference (AC/DC drive object) . . . . . . . . . . . 165
ODVA input attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Faulted (Control supervisor object) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Warning (Control supervisor object). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Running Forward (Control supervisor object) . . . . . . . 166
Running Reverse (Control supervisor object) . . . . . . . 166
Ready (Control supervisor object) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Ctrl From Net (Control supervisor object) . . . . . . . . . . 166
Ref From Net (AC/DC drive object) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
At Reference (AC/DC drive object) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
10 Table of contents
State (Control supervisor object) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Speed Actual (AC/DC drive object) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Torque Actual (AC/DC drive object) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
ABB Drives communication profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Control word and Status word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Control word contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Status word contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
State machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Actual values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
12. EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
EtherNet/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Object modeling and functional profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Assembly objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Basic speed control assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Basic speed control plus drive parameters assembly . . . . 183
Extended speed control assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Extended speed control plus drive parameters assembly . 186
Basic speed and torque control assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Extended speed and torque control assembly . . . . . . . . . . 192
ABB Drives profile with set speed assembly . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Transparent 16 with one assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Table of contents 11
Transparent 16 with one assembly plus drive parameters 204
Transparent 16 with two assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Transparent 16 with two assembly plus drive parameters 207
Transparent 32 with one assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Transparent 32 with one assembly plus drive parameters 210
Transparent 32 with two assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Transparent 32 with two assembly plus drive parameters 214
Class objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Identity object, class 01h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Class attributes (Instance #0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Instance attributes (Instance #1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Attribute explanations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Motor data object, class 28h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Class attributes (Instance #0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Instance attributes (Instance #1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Control supervisor object, class 29h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Class attributes (Instance #0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Instance attributes (Instance #1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
AC/DC-drive object, class 2Ah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Class attributes (Instance #0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Instance attributes (Instance #1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Drive parameter object, class 90h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Fieldbus configuration object, class 91h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Class attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
TCP/IP interface object, class F5h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Class attributes (Instance #0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Attribute explanations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Ethernet link object, class F6h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Class attributes (Instance #0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Instance attributes (Instance #1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
12 Table of contents
Connection object, class 05h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Class attributes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Instance attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Acknowledge handler object, class 2Bh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Class attributes (Instance #0). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Instance attributes (Instance #1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
13. EtherNet/IP – Diagnostics
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Fault and warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
PROFINET IO protocol
14. PROFINET IO – Start-up
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Drive configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
PROFINET IO connection configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group A
(group 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group B
(group 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group C
(group 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Virtual address area allocation with ACSM1 . . . . . . . . 261
Control locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS355 drives . . . . . . 263
Parameter setting examples – ACS355 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACSM1 drives . . . . . . 269
Parameter setting examples – ACSM1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Table of contents 13
Parameter setting examples – ACS850 and ACQ810 . . . . 280
Parameter setting examples – ACS880 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Parameter setting examples – ACS580 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Configuring the master station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Downloading the GSD file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Configuring an ABB AC500 PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Configuring a Siemens SIMATIC S7 PLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
15. PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Communication profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
PROFIdrive communication profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Control word and Status word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Control word contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Status word contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
State machine for all operating modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
State machine for the positioning mode. . . . . . . . . . . . 313
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
References in speed control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
References in positioning mode (ACSM1 only) . . . . . . 314
Actual values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Actual values in speed control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
14 Table of contents
Actual values in positioning mode (ACSM1 only). . . . . 315
ABB Drives communication profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Control word and Status word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Control word contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Status word contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
State machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Actual values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
16. PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
PROFINET IO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
PROFINET IO in FENA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Cyclic message types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
PPO types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Standard telegram (ST) types (DP-V1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Parameter handling using acyclic parameter access mechanism
(DP-V1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Header and frame structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
ErrorCode1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
DP-V1 read/write request sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Read and write blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Data block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Function blocks for sending DP-V1 messages
(Siemens S7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Parameter data transfer examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Example 1b: Reading 3 drive parameters
(multi-parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Example 2b: Writing 2 drive parameters
(multi-parameter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Table of contents 15
Example 3: Reading a PROFIdrive parameter. . . . . . . 347
Diagnostic and alarm mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Alarm mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Fault code mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Fault buffer mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
17. PROFINET IO – Diagnostics
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Fault and warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
18. Technical data
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
FENA-01/-11/-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Ethernet link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
19. Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
PROFIdrive parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
I&M records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Call-REQ-PDU telegram for read/write access to
I&M records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Response structure for I&M0 (Read-only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Response structure for I&M1 (Read/Write) . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Response structure for I&M2 (Read/Write) . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Response structure for I&M3 (Read/Write) . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Response structure for I&M4 (Read/Write) . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
16 Table of contents
20. Appendix B – ABB IP configuration tool for FENA
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Finding adapter modules in the network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Rewriting the IP configuration of adapter modules . . . . . . . . . . 377
21. Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages
Contents of this chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Browser requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Logging in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Menu overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Status page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Configuration page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Support page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Password page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Further information
Product and service inquiries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Product training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Providing feedback on ABB Drives manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Document library on the Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Safety instructions 17
1
Safety instructions
Contents of this chapter
The chapter contains the warning symbols used in this manual and the safety instructions which you must obey when you install or connect an optional module to a drive, converter or inverter. If you ignore the safety instructions, injury, death or damage can occur.
Read this chapter before you start the installation.
18 Safety instructions
Use of warnings
Warnings tell you about conditions which can cause injury or death, or damage to the equipment. They also tell you how to prevent the danger. The manual uses these warning symbols:
Electricity warning tells you about hazards from electricity which can cause injury or death, or damage to the equipment.
General warning tells you about conditions, other than those caused by electricity, which can cause injury or death, or damage to the equipment.
Safety instructions 19
Safety in installation
These instructions are for all who install or connect an optional module to a drive, converter or inverter and need to open its front cover or door to do the work.
WARNING! Obey these instructions. If you ignore them, injury or death, or damage to the equipment can occur.
•
If you are not a qualified electrician, do not do installation or maintenance work.
•
Disconnect the drive, converter or inverter from all possible power sources. After you have disconnected the drive, converter or inverter, always wait for 5 minutes to let the intermediate circuit capacitors discharge before you continue.
•
Disconnect all dangerous voltages connected to other control signal connectors in reach. For example, it is possible that
230 V AC is connected from outside to a relay output of the drive, converter or inverter.
•
Always use a multimeter to make sure that there are no parts under voltage in reach. The impedance of the multimeter must be at least 1 Mohm.
20 Safety instructions
Introduction to the manual 21
2
Introduction to the manual
Contents of this chapter
This chapter introduces this manual.
Applicability
This manual applies to the FENA-01/-11/-21 Ethernet adapter module, SW version 3.00 and later.
Compatibility
Drives
This table shows the compatibility of the FENA adapter module with the different ABB drives.
FENA-01
FENA-11
FENA-21
ACS355 ACSM1 ACS850 ACQ810 ACS880 ACS580
x x x x x x x x x x x x x
22 Introduction to the manual
Protocols
The FENA adapter module is compatible with Ethernet standards
IEEE 802.3 and IEEE 802.3u.
This table shows the protocols supported by the FENA adapter module from SW version 0.290 onwards.
Modbus/TCP
1)
EtherNet/IP™ PROFINET IO
FENA-01
FENA-11
x x x x x x
FENA-21
x x x
1)
In addition to Modbus/TCP, FENA-01/-11/-21 supports Modbus over
UDP.
This table specifies the clients/masters that are compatible with the supported protocols.
Protocol
Modbus/TCP
EtherNet/IP
1)
Compatible client/master
All Modbus/TCP clients that support:
• Modbus Application Protocol Specification v1.1b
• Modbus Messaging on TCP/IP Implementation Guide v1.0b
All EtherNet/IP clients that support:
• The CIP Networks Library, Volume 1, Common
Industrial Protocol (CIP), Edition 3.0 May, 2006
• The CIP Networks Library, Volume 2, EtherNet/IP
Adaptation of CIP, Edition 1.2 May, 2006
• Recommended Functionality for EtherNet/IP Devices
Version 1.2, Feb., 2006
PROFINET IO All PROFINET IO masters that support:
• GSDML file version 2.20
• PROFINET IO protocol according IEC standards
61158 and 61784
• PROFINET-IO conformance class B
Introduction to the manual 23
Tools
The FENA-11/-21 adapter module can be used in the Ethernet tool network for ACS880 and ACS580 drives. The Ethernet tool network enables commissioning and monitoring several single drives, or inverter and supply units of a multidrive from a single location by using the Drive composer pro PC tool.
Note: When the FENA-11/-21 adapter module is used only in the
Ethernet tool network, the recommended setting for parameters
50.21 FBA A timelevel sel and 50.51 FBA B timelevel sel is Slow.
For more information on the Ethernet tool network, see:
•
Ethernet tool network for ACS880 drives application guide
(3AUA0000125635) [English])
•
Drive composer user’s manual (3AUA0000094606 [English]).
Target audience
This manual is intended for people who plan the installation, install, start up, use and service the adapter module. Before you do work on the module, read this manual and the applicable drive/converter
/inverter manual that contains the hardware and safety instructions for the product in question.
You are expected to know the fundamentals of electricity, wiring, electrical components and electrical schematic symbols.
The manual is written for readers worldwide. Both SI and imperial units are shown.
Purpose of the manual
The manual provides information on installing, commissioning and using the FENA-01/-11/-21 Ethernet adapter module.
24 Introduction to the manual
Contents
The manual consists of the following chapters:
•
gives the safety instructions which you must obey when you install a fieldbus adapter module.
•
Overview of the Ethernet network and the FENA-01/-11/-21 module
contains a short description of the Ethernet network
and the adapter module.
•
contains a delivery checklist and
instructions on installing the adapter module.
•
contains instructions on cabling and connecting the adapter module to the Ethernet network.
•
contains the technical data of the adapter module and the Ethernet link.
•
Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of
contains the PROFIdrive profile parameters and telegram and response structures for the I&M records of the
PROFINET IO protocol.
•
Appendix B – ABB IP configuration tool for FENA
to use the APP IP configuration tool for FENA.
•
Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages
presents the
FENA configuration web pages.
Modbus/TCP protocol
•
presents the steps to take during the start-up of the drive with the adapter module and gives information on configuring the Modbus/TCP client.
•
Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles
communication profiles used in the communication between the client, the adapter module and the drive.
•
Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
Modbus/TCP communication protocol for the adapter module.
•
explains how to trace faults with the status LEDs on the adapter module.
Introduction to the manual 25
EtherNet/IP protocol
•
presents the steps to take during the
start-up of the drive with the adapter module and gives examples of configuring the EtherNet/IP client.
•
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
communication profiles used in the communication between the client, the adapter module and the drive.
•
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
describes the
EtherNet/IP communication protocol for the adapter module.
•
explains how to trace faults with the
status LEDs on the adapter module.
PROFINET IO protocol
•
presents the steps to take during the
start-up of the drive with the adapter module and gives examples of configuring the PROFINET master.
•
PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
describes the communication profiles used in the communication between the master, the adapter module and the drive.
•
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
describes the
PROFINET IO communication protocol for the adapter module.
•
explains how to trace faults with the status LEDs on the adapter module.
26 Introduction to the manual
Terms and abbreviations
Later in this manual, term drive substitutes for string drive/converter/inverter.
General terms and abbreviations
Term
Command word
Control word
FENA-01/-11/-21
Ethernet adapter module
Fieldbus adapter module
MAC ID
Profile
Status word
Explanation
See Control word.
16-bit or 32-bit word from master to slave with bit-coded control signals (sometimes called the
Command word).
One of the optional fieldbus adapter modules available for ABB drives. FENA-01/-11/-21 is a device through which an ABB drive is connected to an Ethernet network.
Device through which the drive is connected to an external communication network, that is, a fieldbus. The communication with the module is activated with a drive parameter.
Every node on an Ethernet network has to have a unique identifier. This node number is called
MAC ID (Media Access Control ID).
Adaptation of the protocol for certain application field, for example, drives.
In this manual, drive-internal profiles (eg, DCU or FBA) are called native profiles.
16-bit or 32-bit word from slave to master with bit-coded status messages.
Introduction to the manual 27
Abbreviation
DHCP
EMC
FBA
LSB
MSB
PLC
Explanation
Dynamic Host Control Protocol. A protocol for automating the configuration of IP devices.
DHCP can be used to automatically assign IP addresses and related network information.
Electromagnetic compatibility
Fieldbus adapter
Least significant bit
Most significant bit
Programmable logic controller
Modbus/TCP terms and abbreviations
Term
Exception code
Function code
Holding register
Explanation
If an error related to the requested Modbus function occurs, the data field contains an exception code that the server application can use to determine the next action to be taken.
The second byte sent by the client. The function tells the server what kind of action to perform.
Holds data that will be later executed by an application program.
EtherNet/IP terms and abbreviations
Term
EDS file
Input
Explanation
The Electronic Data Sheet (EDS) file identifies the properties of the device to the EtherNet/IP client. Each type of drive and application program requires its own EDS file.
In the ODVA EtherNet/IP specification the word
‘input’ is used to describe data flow from a device (such as the adapter module) to the network.
28 Introduction to the manual
Term Explanation
I/O Assembly selection Smart networked devices (like FENA) can produce and/or consume more than one I/O value. Typically, they will produce and/or consume one or more I/O value, as well as status and diagnostic information. Each piece of data communicated by a device is represented by an attribute of one of the device’s internal objects.
Communicating multiple pieces of data
(attributes) across a single I/O connection requires that the attributes be grouped or assembled together into a single block.
ODVA™
Output
ODVA stands for Open DeviceNet Vendor
Association. ODVA is an independent organization that promotes interoperativity between different manufacturers’ EtherNet/IP products. ABB is an Associate Member at
ODVA.
In the ODVA EtherNet/IP specification the word
‘output’ is used to describe data flow from the network into a device (such as the adapter module).
PROFINET IO terms and abbreviations
Term
Array
Explanation
Acyclic communication Communication in which messages are sent only once on request
Parameter consisting of data fields of equal data type
Cyclic communication Communication in which parameter/process data objects are sent cyclically at pre-defined intervals
DCP
Fault
Discovery Control Protocol. A protocol that allows the master controller to find every
PROFINET IO device on a subnet.
Event that leads to tripping of the device
Term
GSD file
Index
I/O controller
Master
Name
Parameter
Parameter number
Parameter/Process
Data object
Process data
Slave
Warning
Introduction to the manual 29
Explanation
ASCII-format device description file in a specified form. Each different slave type on the
PROFINET IO network needs to have its own
GSD file. GSD files in PROFINET IO are written in GSDML.
Access reference for objects in PROFINET IO
Control system with bus initiative. In PROFINET
IO terminology, I/O controllers are also called master stations.
Control system with bus initiative. In PROFINET
IO terminology, master stations are also called active stations.
Symbolic name of a parameter
Value that can be accessed as an object, eg, variable, constant, signal
Parameter address
Special object that contains parameter and process
Special object that contains parameter and process data
Data that contains Control word and reference value or Status word and actual value. May also contain other (user-definable) control information.
Passive bus participant. In PROFINET IO terminology, slave stations (or slaves) are also called passive stations. Also referred to as node.
Signal caused by an existing alarm which does not lead to tripping of the device
30 Introduction to the manual
The text in italics is the original German term.
Abbreviation
ACT
DAP
DP
DP-V0
DP-V1
GSDML
ISW
MAP
PAP
PD
PKE
PKW
PNU
PPO
PWE
PZD
PZDO
SAP
Explanation
Actual value
Istwert
Device access point
Decentralised Periphery
Dezentrale Peripherie
PROFINET IO extension to the EN 50170 standard, providing the basic functionality of DP, including cyclic data exchange
PROFINET IO extension to the EN 50170 standard, including, eg, acyclic data exchange
General Station Description Markup Language
See ACT.
Module access point
Parameter access point
Process data
Prozessdaten
Parameter identification
Parameter-Kennung
Parameter identification value
Parameter-Kennung-Wert
Parameter number
Parameternummer
Parameter/Process data object
Parameter-/Prozessdaten-Objekt
Parameter value
Parameter-Wert
See PD.
Process data object
Prozessdatenobjekt
Service access point
Abbreviation
SOW
STW
ZSW
Explanation
Reference
Sollwert
Control word
Steuerwort
Status word
Zustandswort
Introduction to the manual 31
32 Introduction to the manual
Overview of the Ethernet network and the FENA-01/-11/-21 module 33
3
Overview of the Ethernet network and the FENA-01/-11/-
21 module
Contents of this chapter
This chapter contains a short description of the Ethernet network and the FENA adapter module.
Ethernet network
Ethernet standards support a variety of physical media (coaxial cable, twisted pair, fiber optics) and topologies (bus and star). The
FENA-01/-11/-21 adapter module supports twisted pair as the physical media in a star topology. In addition, FENA-21 supports a daisy chain topology.
The maximum length for an Ethernet segment on twisted pair media is 100 meters. All twisted pair media between the Ethernet node and the switch or router must be shorter than 100 meters, including media within patch panels. For more information, see chapter
.
34 Overview of the Ethernet network and the FENA-01/-11/-21 module
Example topology of the Ethernet link
This figure shows an example of an allowable topology for an
Ethernet network with FENA-01/-11.
Other slave device
ABB drive
Other slave device
Switch or router
This figure shows an example of an allowable topology for an
Ethernet network with FENA-21.
ABB drive
ABB drive
ABB drive
Other slave device
Network master device
Overview of the Ethernet network and the FENA-01/-11/-21 module 35
FENA-01/-11/-21 Ethernet adapter module
The FENA-01/-11/-21 Ethernet adapter module is an optional device for ABB drives which enables the connection of the drive to an Ethernet network.
Through the adapter module you can:
• give control commands to the drive (for example, Start, Stop,
Run enable)
• feed a motor speed or torque reference to the drive
• give a process actual value or a process reference to the PID controller of the drive
• read status information and actual values from the drive
• reset a drive fault.
The protocols used to access these functionalities over Ethernet are described in chapters:
•
Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
•
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
•
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
.
The adapter module supports 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s data transfer rates and automatically detects the data transfer rate used in the network.
Note: PROFINET IO uses only 100 Mbit/s in the Full duplex mode.
The adapter module is installed into an option slot on the drive control unit. See the drive manuals for module placement options.
36 Overview of the Ethernet network and the FENA-01/-11/-21 module
Layout of the adapter module
This figure shows the layout of FENA-01/-11.
1
4
2
3
No.
Description
1 Lock
2 Mounting screw
See chapter
3 Connector X1 to Ethernet
4 Diagnostic LEDs
Overview of the Ethernet network and the FENA-01/-11/-21 module 37
This figure shows the layout of FENA-21.
1
5
2
3 4
No. Description See chapter
1 Lock
2 Mounting screw
3 Connector X1 to Ethernet
4 Connector X2 for chaining another adapter module
5 Diagnostic LEDs
38 Overview of the Ethernet network and the FENA-01/-11/-21 module
Mechanical installation 39
4
Mechanical installation
Contents of this chapter
This chapter contains a delivery checklist and instructions to install the adapter module.
Necessary tools and instructions
See the applicable drive hardware manual.
Unpacking and examining the delivery
1. Open the option package.
2. Make sure that the package contains:
•
Ethernet adapter module, type FENA-01/-11/-21
• this manual.
3. Make sure that there are no signs of damage.
40 Mechanical installation
Installing the adapter module
WARNING! Obey the safety instructions. See chapter
instructions, injury or death can occur.
The adapter module has a specific position in the drive. Plastic pins, a lock and one screw hold the adapter module in place. The screw also makes an electrical connection between the module and drive frame for cable shield termination.
When the adapter module is installed, it makes the signal and power connection to the drive through a 20-pin connector.
When you install or remove the adapter module from the control unit:
1. Pull out the lock.
1
Mechanical installation 41
2. Put the adapter module carefully into its position on the drive.
3. Push in the lock.
3
4
4. Tighten the screw.
Note: It is necessary to tighten the screw properly to fulfill the
EMC requirements and to ensure the proper operation of the module.
See the applicable drive manual for further instructions on how to install the adapter module to the drive.
42 Mechanical installation
Electrical installation
Electrical installation 43
5
Contents of this chapter
This chapter contains:
• general cabling instructions
• instructions on connecting the adapter module to the Ethernet network.
Warnings
WARNING! Obey the safety instructions. See chapter
on page
instructions, injury or death can occur. If you are not a qualified electrician, do not do electrical work.
Necessary tools and instructions
See the applicable drive hardware manual.
44 Electrical installation
General cabling instructions
•
Arrange the bus cables as far away from the motor cables as possible.
•
Avoid parallel runs.
•
Use bushings at cable entries.
Connecting the adapter module to the Ethernet network
The network cable can be CAT5 or higher, and type UTP, FTP or
STP.
When CAT5 FTP or STP is used, the cable shield is connected to the drive frame through an RC network. In FENA-01, it is possible to change this connection by using jumper J1 located next to the
X1 connector.
•
Position 1-2 connects the cable shield directly to the drive frame.
•
Position 2-3 connects the cable shield to the drive frame through an RC network. This is the default setting of the jumper.
The figure below shows the location of jumper pin 1 on the FENA-
01 adapter module.
J1
X1
Pin 1
Electrical installation 45
Connection procedure
1. Connect the network cable to the RJ-45 connector (X1) on the adapter module.
2. If you want to create a daisy chain with FENA-21 adapter modules, connect the X2 connector of the first adapter module to X1 on the next adapter module, and so on.
46 Electrical installation
Modbus/TCP protocol
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 49
6
Modbus/TCP – Start-up
Contents of this chapter
This chapter contains:
• information on configuring the drive for operation with the adapter module
• drive-specific instructions on starting up the drive with the adapter module
• information on configuring the client for communication with the adapter module.
Warnings
WARNING! Obey the safety instructions given in this manual and the drive documentation.
50 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
Drive configuration
The information in this section applies to all drive types compatible with the adapter module, unless otherwise stated.
Modbus/TCP connection configuration
After the adapter module has been mechanically and electrically installed according to the instructions in chapters
and
for communication with the module.
The detailed procedure of activating the module for Modbus/TCP communication with the drive depends on the drive type. Normally, you must adjust a parameter to activate the communication. See the drive-specific start-up sections starting on page
Once communication between the drive and the adapter module has been established, several configuration parameters are copied to the drive. These parameters are shown in the tables below and must be checked first and adjusted where necessary. You can adjust the parameters via a drive control panel, a PC tool or a web user interface. For more information on the web user interface, see
Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages
.
Note:
•
Not all drives display descriptive names for the configuration parameters. To help you identify the parameters in different drives, the names displayed by each drive are given in gray boxes in the tables.
•
The new parameter settings take effect only when you power up the module the next time or when you activate the fieldbus adapter refresh parameter.
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 51
FENA-01/-11-/21 configuration parameters – group A (group 1)
Note: The actual parameter group number depends on the drive type. Group A (group 1) corresponds to:
• parameter group 51 in ACS355, ACSM1, ACS850 and
ACQ810
• parameter group 51 in ACS880 and ACS580 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter A or group 54 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter B.
No.
01
Name/Value
FBA TYPE
Description
Read-only. Shows the fieldbus adapter type as detected by the drive. The value cannot be adjusted by the user.
If the value is 0 = None, the communication between the drive and the module has not been established.
02 PROTOCOL/
PROFILE
ACS355:
FB PAR 2
ACSM1:
FBA PAR2
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par2
ACS880/ACS580:
Protocol/Profile
Selects the application protocol and communication profile for the network connection.
The selections available for Modbus communication are listed below.
0 = MB/TCP ABB C Modbus/TCP: ABB Drives profile - Classic
1 = MB/TCP ABB E Modbus/TCP: ABB Drives profile - Enhanced
2 = MB/TCP T16 Modbus/TCP: Transparent 16-bit profile
3 = MB/TCP T32 Modbus/TCP: Transparent 32-bit profile
4 = MB/UDP ABB C Modbus over UDP: ABB Drives profile - Classic
5 = MB/UDP ABB E Modbus over UDP: ABB Drives profile -
Enhanced
6 = MB/UDP T16
7 = MB/UDP T32
Modbus over UDP: Transparent 16-bit profile
Modbus over UDP: Transparent 32-bit profile
Default
128 =
ETHER-
NET
0 =
MB/TCP
ABB C
52 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
03 COMM RATE
ACS355:
FB PAR 3
ACSM1:
FBA PAR3
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par3
ACS880/ACS580:
Commrate
0 = Auto
1 = 100 Mbps FD
2 = 100 Mbps HD
3 = 10 Mbps FD
4 = 10 Mbps HD
04 IP
CONFIGURATION
ACS355:
FB PAR 4
ACSM1:
FBA PAR4
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par4
ACS880/ACS580:
IP configuration
0 = Static IP
Description
Sets the bit rate for the Ethernet interface.
Autonegotiate
100 Mbps, full duplex
100 Mbps, half duplex
10 Mbps, full duplex
10 Mbps, half duplex
Sets the method for configuring the IP address, subnet mask and gateway address for the module.
Default
0 = Auto
1 = Dyn
IP DHCP
1 = Dyn IP DHCP
05 IP ADDRESS 1
ACS355:
FB PAR 5
ACSM1:
FBA PAR5
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par5
ACS880/ACS580:
IP address 1
0…255
… …
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
.
Configuration will be obtained via DHCP.
An IP address is assigned to each IP node on a network. An IP address is a 32-bit number that is typically represented in “dotted decimal” notation consisting of four decimal integers, on the range 0…255, separated by periods. Each integer represents the value of one octet (8bits) in the IP address. Parameters
05
...
08
define the four octets of the IP address.
IP address
…
0
…
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 53
No.
Name/Value
08 IP ADDRESS 4
ACS355:
FB PAR 8
ACSM1:
FBA PAR8
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par8
ACS880/ACS580:
IP address 4
0…255
09 SUBNET CIDR
ACS355:
FB PAR 9
ACSM1:
FBA PAR9
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par9
ACS880/ACS580:
Subnet CIDR
Description
See parameter
05 IP ADDRESS 1
.
IP address
Subnet masks are used for splitting networks into smaller networks called subnets. A subnet mask is a 32-bit binary number that splits the IP address into a network address and host address.
Subnet masks are typically represented in either dotted decimal notation or the more compact CIDR notation, as shown in the table below.
0
Default
0
Dotted decimal
255.255.255.254
255.255.255.252
255.255.255.248
255.255.255.240
255.255.255.224
255.255.255.192
255.255.255.128
255.255.255.0
255.255.254.0
255.255.252.0
255.255.248.0
255.255.240.0
255.255.224.0
255.255.192.0
255.255.128.0
255.255.0.0
1…31
CIDR Dotted decimal
31 255.254.0.0
30 255.252.0.0
29 255.248.0.0
28 255.240.0.0
27 255.224.0.0
26 255.224.0.0
25 255.128.0.0
24 255.0.0.0
23 254.0.0.0
22 252.0.0.0
21 248.0.0.0
20 240.0.0.0
19 224.0.0.0
18 192.0.0.0
17 128.0.0.0
16
Subnet mask in CIDR notation
CIDR
15
14
13
12
11
4
3
6
5
10
9
8
7
2
1
54 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
10 GW ADDRESS 1
ACS355:
FB PAR 10
ACSM1:
FBA PAR10
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par10
ACS880/ACS580:
GW address 1
0…255
… …
13 GW ADDRESS 4
ACS355:
FB PAR 13
ACSM1:
FBA PAR13
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par13
ACS880/ACS580:
GW address 4
14
…
18
0…255
Reserved
Description
IP gateways connect individual physical IP subnets into a unified IP network. When an IP node needs to communicate with an IP node on another subnet, the IP node sends the data to the IP gateway for forwarding. Parameters
10
…
13
define the four octets of the gateway address.
GW address
…
See parameter
10 GW ADDRESS 1
.
GW address
These parameters are not used by the adapter module when the module is configured for
Modbus/TCP.
Default
0
…
0
N/A
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 55
No.
Name/Value
19 T16 SCALE
ACS355:
FB PAR 19
ACSM1:
FBA PAR19
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par19
ACS880/ACS580:
T16 scale
0…65535
20 MODBUS/TCP
TIMEOUT
ACS355:
FB PAR 20
ACSM1:
FBA PAR20
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par20
ACS880/ACS580:
Timeout time
0…65535
Description
Defines the reference multiplier/actual value divisor for the adapter module. The parameter is effective only when the Transparent 16 profile is selected AND the drive is using the native communication profile (eg, DCU or FBA) and a 16-bit transparent Reference 1/Actual value 1.
With an ACS355 drive, the speed reference from the PLC is multiplied by the value of this parameter plus one. For example, if the parameter has a value of 99 and a reference of
1000 given by the master, the reference will be multiplied by 99 +1 = 100 and forwarded to the drive as 100000. According to the DCU profile, this value is interpreted as a reference of
100 rpm in the drive.
With ACSM1, ACS850, ACQ810, ACS880 and
ACS580, setting this parameter to 65535 provides an approximation of 1 = 1 rpm.
Reference multiplier/actual value divisor
Defines the Modbus/TCP timeout value.
The Modbus protocol does not specify a timeout mechanism for the application layer. A timeout mechanism may be desired when controlling a drive, so the adapter module provides a method for this purpose.
• If the parameter value is zero, this feature is disabled.
• If the parameter value is non-zero, the timeout is:
(Modbus/TCP timeout value) * 100 milliseconds
For example, a value of 22 results in a timeout of:
22 * 100 milliseconds = 2.2 seconds
If a timeout occurs, the adapter module signals the drive that communication with the client has been lost. The drive configuration then determines how to respond.
Example: If the Modbus/TCP timeout is
250 ms and the drive is configured to fault on a communication failure with a delay of 500 ms, the drive will fault 750 ms after communications is lost.
Modbus/TCP timeout value
Default
99
20
56 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
21 TIMEOUT MODE
ACS355:
FB PAR 21
ACSM1:
FBA PAR21
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par21
ACS880/ACS580:
Timeout mode
0 = None
1 = Any message
Description
Selects which Modbus/TCP register accesses reset the timeout counter.
22
2 = Control RW
WORD ORDER
ACS355:
FB PAR 22
ACSM1:
FBA PAR22
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par22
ACS880/ACS580:
Word order
0 = LOHI
Default
2 =
Control
RW
The Modbus/TCP timeout feature is disabled.
The timeout counter is reset when any Modbus register of the drive is accessed.
The timeout counter is reset when the drive receives either a new Control word or new reference value (REF1 or REF2) from the
Modbus/TCP client.
Selects in which order the 16-bit registers of
32-bit parameters are transferred.
For each register (16-bit), the first byte contains the high order byte and the second byte contains the low order byte.
1 = HILO
23
…
26
1 = HILO
Reserved
The first register contains the low order word and the second register contains the high order word.
The first register contains the high order word and the second register contains the low order word.
These parameters are not used by the adapter module when the module is configured for
Modbus/TCP.
N/A
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 57
No.
Name/Value
27 FBA PAR
REFRESH
28
ACS355/ACSM1:
FBA PAR
REFRESH
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par refresh
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B par refresh
0 = Done
1 = Refresh
PAR TABLE VER
ACS355:
FILE CPI FW REV
ACSM1:
PAR TABLE VER
ACS850/ACQ810:
Par table ver
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B par table ver
29 DRIVE TYPE
CODE
ACS355:
FILE CONFIG ID
ACSM1:
DRIVE TYPE
CODE
ACS850/ACQ810:
Drive type code
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B drive type code
Description
Validates any changed adapter module configuration parameter settings. After refreshing, the value reverts automatically to
0 = Done.
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the drive is running.
Default
0 = Done
Refreshing done
Refreshing
Read-only. Displays the parameter table revision of the fieldbus adapter module mapping file stored in the memory of the drive.
In format xyz, where
x = major revision number
y = minor revision number
z = correction number
OR in format axyz, where
a = major revision number
xy = minor revision numbers
z = correction number or letter.
Parameter table revision
Read-only. Displays the drive type code of the fieldbus adapter module mapping file stored in the memory of the drive.
N/A
N/A
Drive type code of the fieldbus adapter module mapping file
58 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
30 MAPPING FILE
VER
ACS355:
FILE CONFIG REV
ACSM1:
MAPPING FILE
VER
ACS850/ACQ810:
Mapping file ver
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B mapping file ver
Description
Read-only. Displays the fieldbus adapter module mapping file revision stored in the memory of the drive in decimal format.
Mapping file revision
31 D2FBA COMM STA Read-only. Displays the status of the fieldbus
ACS355:
FBA STATUS adapter module communication.
Note: The value names may vary by drive.
ACSM1:
D2FBA COMM STA
ACS850/ACQ810:
D2FBA comm sta
ACS880/ACS580:
D2FBA A/B comm status
0 = Idle
1 = Exec.init
2 = Time out
3 = Conf.err
Adapter is not configured.
Adapter is initializing.
A timeout has occurred in the communication between the adapter and the drive.
Adapter configuration error: The major or minor revision code of the common program revision in the fieldbus adapter module is not the revision required by the module or mapping file upload has failed more than three times.
4 = Off-line
5 = On-line
6 = Reset
Adapter is off-line.
Adapter is on-line.
Adapter is performing a hardware reset.
Default
N/A
0 = Idle
OR
4 = Offline
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 59
No.
Name/Value
32 FBA COMM SW
VER
ACS355:
FBA CPI FW REV
ACSM1:
FBA COMM SW
VER
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA comm sw ver
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B comm SW ver
Description
Read-only. Displays the common program revision of the adapter module in format axyz, where:
a = major revision number
xy = minor revision numbers
z = correction number or letter.
33 FBA APPL SW
VER
ACS355:
FBA APPL FW
REV
ACSM1:
FBA APPL SW
VER
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA appl sw ver
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B appl SW ver
Common program version of the adapter module
Read-only. Displays the application program revision of the adapter module in format axyz, where:
a = major revision number
xy = minor revision numbers
z = correction number or letter.
Application program revision of the adapter module
Default
N/A
N/A
60 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group B (group 2)
Note: The actual parameter group number depends on the drive type. Group B (group 2) corresponds to:
• parameter group 55 in ACS355
• parameter group 53 in ACSM1, ACS850 and ACQ810
• parameter group 53 in ACS880 and ACS580 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter A or group 56 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter B.
No.
1)
Name/Value Description Default
01 0 = None DATA OUT 1
(client to drive)
ACS355:
FBA DATA OUT 1
ACSM1:
FBA DATA OUT1
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA data out1
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B data out1
Selects the drive parameter address into which the value of the DATA OUT 1 register is written
(from the client to the server). The Modbus register address maps are explained in chapter
Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
The content is defined by a decimal number in the range of 0 to 9999 as follows:
0
101…
9999
Not used
1…99 Virtual address area of drive control.
Not used when the Modbus/TCP protocol is used.
Parameter area of the drive
0 = None
101…9999
Not used
Parameter index with format xxyy, where
• xx is the parameter group number (1…99)
• yy is the parameter number index within that group (01…99).
Note: In ACS880 and ACS580, choose Other to display a list of mappable drive parameters.
02…
12
DATA OUT 2 …
DATA OUT 12
See parameter
01 DATA OUT 1
.
0 = None
1)
The number of parameters in this group may vary by drive type and drive firmware.
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 61
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group C (group 3)
Note: The actual parameter group number depends on the drive type. Group C (group 3) corresponds to:
• parameter group 54 in ACS355
• parameter group 52 in ACSM1, ACS850 and ACQ810
• parameter group 52 in ACS880 and ACS580 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter A or group 55 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter B.
No.
1)
Name/Value Description Default
01 0 = None DATA IN 1
(drive to client)
ACS355:
FBA DATA IN 1
ACSM1:
FBA DATA IN1
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA data in1
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B data in1
Selects the drive parameter address from which the data is read to the DATA IN 1 register (from the server to the client). The
Modbus register address maps are explained
Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
.
The content is defined by a decimal number in the range of 0 to 9999 as follows:
0
101…
9999
Not used
1…99 Virtual address area of drive control. Not used when the
Modbus/TCP protocol is used.
Parameter area of the drive
0 = None
101…9999
Not used
Parameter index with format xxyy, where
• xx is the parameter group number (1…99)
• yy is the parameter number index within that group (01…99).
Note: In ACS880 and ACS580, choose Other to display a list of mappable drive parameters.
02…
12
DATA IN 2 …
DATA IN 12
See parameter
01 DATA IN 1
.
0 = None
1)
The number of parameters in this group may vary by drive type and drive firmware.
62 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
Control locations
ABB drives can receive control information from multiple sources including digital inputs, analog inputs, the drive control panel and a fieldbus adapter module. ABB drives allow the user to separately determine the source for each type of control information (Start,
Stop, Direction, Reference, Fault reset, etc.).
To give the fieldbus client the most complete control over the drive, you must select the adapter module as the source of this information. The drive-specific parameter setting examples below contain the drive control parameters relevant in the examples. For a complete parameter list, see the drive documentation.
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 63
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS355 drives
1. Power up the drive.
2. Enable the communication between the adapter module and the drive with parameter 9802 COMM PROT SEL.
3. Set the module configuration parameters in group 51.
•
Select the communication protocol and profile with parameter 5102 and configure the network settings with parameters 5103…5113.
•
With parameters 5120 and 5121, select how the adapter module detects fieldbus communication breaks.
4. With parameter 3018 COMM FAULT FUNC, select how the drive reacts to a fieldbus communication break.
5. With parameter 3019 COMM FAULT TIME, define the time between communication break detection and the selected action.
6. Define the process data transferred to and from the drive in parameter groups 54 and 55.
Note: The adapter module assigns the Control word, Status word, references 1…2 and actual values 1…2 automatically to
Modbus registers. Process data groups are not available for the ABB Drives - Classic communication profile.
7. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 51, 54 and 55 with parameter 5127 FBA PAR REFRESH.
8. Set the relevant drive control parameters to control the drive according to the application.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
64 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
Parameter setting examples – ACS355
Speed and torque control using the ABB Drives –
Enhanced communication profile
This example shows how to configure a speed and torque control application that uses the ABB Drives - Enhanced profile. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference are according to the ABB
Drives profile. For more information, see section
ABB Drives communication profile
When Reference 1 (REF1) is used, a reference value of ±20000
(decimal) corresponds to the reference set with parameter 1105
REF1 MAX in the forward and reverse directions.
When Reference 2 (REF2) is used, a reference value of ±10000
(decimal) corresponds to the reference set with parameter 1108
REF2 MAX in the forward and reverse directions.
The minimum and maximum 16-bit integer values that can be given through the fieldbus are -32768 and 32767 respectively.
Output data Input data
Control word
Speed reference
Torque reference
Constant speed 1
1)
Constant speed 2
1)
1)
Example
Modbus register
(4)00001
(4)00002
(4)00003
(4)00004
(4)00005
Status word
Speed actual value
Torque actual value
Power
1)
DC bus voltage
1)
Modbus register
(4)00051
(4)00052
(4)00053
(4)00054
(4)00055
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
9802 COMM PROT SEL
Setting for ACS355 drives
4 = EXT FBA
Description
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
5101 FBA TYPE ETHERNET
1)
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 65
Drive parameter
5102 FB PAR 2
(PROTOCOL/PROFILE)
5103 FB PAR 3
(COMMRATE)
5104 FB PAR 4
(IP CONFIGURATION)
5105 FB PAR 5
(IP ADDRESS 1)
5106 FB PAR 6
(IP ADDRESS 2)
5107 FB PAR 7
(IP ADDRESS 3)
5108 FB PAR 8
(IP ADDRESS 4)
5109 FBA PAR 9
(SUBNET CIDR)
5120 FB PAR 20
(MODBUS/TCP
TIMEOUT)
5121 FB PAR 21
(TIMEOUT MODE)
3018 COMM FAULT
FUNC
3019 COMM FAULT TIME 3.0 s
2)
5401 FBA DATA IN 1
5402 FBA DATA IN 2
5501 FBA DATA OUT 1
5502 FBA DATA OUT 2
Setting for ACS355 drives
Description
1 (= MB/TCP ABB E) Selects the Modbus/TCP protocol and the ABB Drives -
Enhanced profile.
0 (= Auto)
2)
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
0 (= Static IP)
192
2)
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
.
First part of the IP address
168
2)
0
2)
Second part of the IP address
Third part of the IP address
16
2)
24
2)
Last part of the IP address
10
2)
Sets the network mask as
255.255.255.0, allowing access only to the last subnet.
Sets the communication timeout as 1 second.
2 (= Control RW)
2)
1 = FAULT
106
2)
107
2)
1202
2)
1203
2)
2)
5127 FBA PAR REFRESH 1 = REFRESH
The timeout feature monitors the updating of the Control word and
Reference 1.
Enables fieldbus communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus communication break supervision time.
Power
DC bus voltage
Constant speed 1
Constant speed 2
Validates the FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
66 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
Drive parameter Setting for ACS355 drives
9904 MOTOR CTRL
MODE
2 = VECTOR: TORQ
1001 EXT1 COMMANDS 10 = COMM
1002 EXT2 COMMANDS
1102 EXT1/EXT2 SEL
1103 REF1 SELECT
1106 REF2 SELECT
1601 RUN ENABLE
1604 FAULT RESET SEL
10 = COMM
8 = COMM
8 = COMM
8 = COMM
7 = COMM
8 = COMM
Description
Selects the vector control mode as the motor control mode.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 2.
Enables external control location
1/2 selection through the fieldbus.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 as the source for speed reference 1.
Selects the fieldbus reference 2 as the source for speed reference 1.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source for the inverted Run enable signal (Run disable).
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source for the fault reset signal.
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 47Eh (1150 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Speed mode) or
C7Fh (3199 decimal) –> OPERATING (Torque mode).
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 67
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACSM1 drives
1. Power up the drive.
2. Enable the communication between the adapter module and the drive with parameter 50.01 FBA ENABLE.
3. With parameter 50.02 COMM LOSS FUNC, select how the drive reacts to a fieldbus communication break.
Note that this function monitors both communication between the fieldbus master and the adapter module and communication between the adapter module and the drive.
4. With parameter 50.03 COMM LOSS T OUT, define the time between communication break detection and the selected action.
5. Select application-specific values for parameters
50.04…50.11.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
6. Set the module configuration parameters in group 51.
•
Select the communication protocol and profile with parameter 51.02 and configure the network settings with parameters 51.03…51.13.
•
With parameters 51.20 and 51.21, select how the adapter module detects fieldbus communication breaks.
68 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
7. Define the process data transferred to and from the drive in parameter groups 52 and 53.
Note: The adapter module assigns the Control word, Status word, references 1…2 and actual values 1…2 automatically to
Modbus registers. Process data groups are not available in the
ABB Drives - Classic communication profile.
8. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 51, 52 and 53 with parameter 51.27 FBA PAR REFRESH.
9. Set the relevant drive control parameters to control the drive according to the application.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
Parameter setting examples – ACSM1
Speed and torque control using the ABB Drives –
Enhanced communication profile
This example shows how to configure a speed and torque control application that uses the ABB Drives - Enhanced profile. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference are according to the ABB
Drives profile. For more information, see section
ABB Drives communication profile
When Reference 1 (REF1) is used, a reference value of ±20000
(4E20h) corresponds to the reference set with parameter 25.02
SPEED SCALING in the forward and reverse directions.
When Reference 2 (REF2) is used, a reference value of ±10000
(2710h) corresponds to the reference set with parameter 32.04
TORQUE REF 1 MAX in the forward and reverse directions.
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 69
The minimum and maximum 16-bit integer values that can be given through the fieldbus are -32768 and 32767 respectively.
Output data Input data
Control word
Speed reference
Torque reference
Constant speed
1)
Speed reference for jogging function 1
1)
1)
Example
Modbus register
(4)00001
(4)00002
(4)00003
(4)00004
(4)00005
(4)00006
(4)00007
Status word
Speed actual value
Torque actual value
Power
1)
DC bus voltage
1)
Modbus register
(4)00051
(4)00052
(4)00053
(4)00054
(4)00055
(4)00056
(4)00057
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 FBA ENABLE
Setting for ACSM1 drives
Enable
Description
50.02 COMM LOSS FUNC Fault
2)
50.03 COMM LOSS T OUT 3.0 s
2)
50.04 FBA REF1
MODESEL
50.05 FBA REF2
MODESEL
Speed
Torque
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Enables fieldbus communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus communication break supervision time.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 scaling.
Selects the fieldbus reference 2 scaling.
51.01 FBA TYPE
51.02 FBA PAR2
(PROTOCOL/PROFILE)
51.03 FBA PAR3
(COMMRATE)
51.04 FBA PAR4
(IP CONFIGURATION)
ETHERNET
1)
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
1 (= MB/TCP ABB E) Selects the Modbus/TCP protocol and the ABB Drives -
Enhanced profile.
0 (= Auto)
2)
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
0 (= Static IP)
2)
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
.
70 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
Drive parameter
51.05 FBA PAR5
(IP ADDRESS 1)
51.06 FBA PAR6
(IP ADDRESS 2)
51.07 FBA PAR7
(IP ADDRESS 3)
51.08 FBA PAR8
(IP ADDRESS 4)
51.09 FBA PAR9
(SUBNET CIDR)
52.01 FBA DATA IN1
52.03 FBA DATA IN3
53.01 FBA DATA OUT1
53.03 FBA DATA OUT3
Setting for ACSM1 drives
192
2)
Description
First part of the IP address
168
0
2)
16
24
2)
2)
51.20 FBA PAR20
(MODBUS/TCP TIMEOUT)
51.21 FBA PAR21
TIMEOUT MODE)
10
2)
2 (= Control RW)
2)
51.27 FBA PAR REFRESH
10.01 EXT1 START FUNC
10.04 EXT2 START FUNC
10.08 FAULT RESET SEL
24.01 SPEED REF1 SEL
122
2)
107
2)
2408
2)
2410
2)
FBA
FBA
2)
REFRESH
P.FBA MAIN CW.8
FBA REF1
Second part of the IP address
Third part of the IP address
Last part of the IP address
Sets the network mask as
255.255.255.0, allowing access only to the last subnet.
Sets the communication timeout as 1 second.
The timeout feature monitors the updating of the Control word and
Reference 1.
Power
DC bus voltage
Constant speed
Speed reference for jogging function 1
Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 2.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source for the fault reset signal.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 as the source for speed reference 1.
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 71
Drive parameter
32.02 TORQ REF ADD
SEL
34.01 EXT1/EXT2 SEL
Setting for ACSM1 drives
FBA REF2
Description
Selects the fieldbus reference 2 as the source for torque reference 1.
P.FBA MAIN CW.15
Enables external control location
1/2 selection through the fieldbus only (bit 15 in the fieldbus
Control word).
34.03 EXT1 CTRL MODE1 Speed
34.05 EXT2 CTRL MODE1 Torque
Selects speed control as the control mode 1 for external control location 1.
Selects torque control as the control mode 1 for external control location 2.
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 47Eh (1150 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Speed mode) or
C7Fh (3199 decimal) –> OPERATING (Torque mode).
72 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS850 and ACQ810 drives
1. Power up the drive.
2. Enable the communication between the adapter module and the drive with parameter 50.01 FBA enable.
3. With parameter 50.02 Comm loss func, select how the drive reacts to a fieldbus communication break.
Notes:
•
This function monitors both communication between the fieldbus master and the adapter module and communication between the adapter module and the drive.
•
In ACQ810, you can select the control locations to be monitored with parameter 50.21 Comm loss enable. By default, the monitoring is enabled in both control locations
(EXT1 and EXT2).
4. With parameter 50.03 Comm loss t out, define the time between communication break detection and the selected action.
5. Select application-specific values for parameters
50.04…50.11.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
6. Set the module configuration parameters in group 51.
•
Select the communication protocol and profile with parameter 51.02 and configure the network settings with parameters 51.03…51.13.
•
With parameters 51.20 and 51.21, select how the adapter module detects fieldbus communication breaks.
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 73
7. Define the process data transferred to and from the drive in parameter groups 52 and 53.
Note: The adapter module assigns the Control word, Status word, references 1…2 and actual values 1…2 automatically to
Modbus registers. Process data groups are not available in the
ABB Drives - Classic communication profile.
8. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 51, 52 and 53 with parameter 51.27 FBA par refresh.
9. Set the relevant drive control parameters to control the drive according to the application.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
Parameter setting examples – ACS850 and ACQ810
Speed control using the ABB Drives – Enhanced communication profile
This example shows how to configure a speed control application that uses the ABB Drives - Enhanced profile. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference are according to the ABB
Drives profile. For more information, see section
ABB Drives communication profile
on page
When Reference 1 (REF1) is used, a reference value of ±20000
(4E20h) corresponds to the reference set with parameter 19.01
Speed scaling in the forward and reverse directions.
74 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
The minimum and maximum 16-bit integer values that can be given through the fieldbus are -32768 and 32767 respectively.
Output data Input data
Control word
Speed reference
Reference 2 (Not used)
Constant speed 1
1)
Constant speed 2
1)
Modbus register
(4)00001
(4)00002
(4)00003
(4)00004
(4)00005
(4)00006
(4)00007
Status word
Speed actual value
Actual value 2 (Not used)
Power
1)
DC bus voltage
1)
Modbus register
(4)00051
(4)00052
(4)00053
(4)00054
(4)00055
(4)00056
(4)00057
1)
Example
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 Fba enable
Setting for
ACS850/ACQ810 drives
Enable
Description
50.02 Comm loss func
50.03 Comm loss t out
50.04 Fb ref1 modesel
Fault
2)
3.0 s
2)
Speed
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Enables fieldbus communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus communication break supervision time.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 scaling.
51.01 FBA type
51.02 FBA par2
(PROTOCOL/
PROFILE)
51.03 FBA par3
(COMMRATE)
51.04 FBA par4
(IP CONFIGURATION)
Ethernet
1)
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
1 (= MB/TCP ABB E) Selects the Modbus/TCP protocol and the ABB Drives - Enhanced profile.
0 (= Auto)
2)
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
0 (= Static IP)
2)
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
.
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 75
Description Drive parameter
51.05 FBA par5
(IP ADDRESS 1)
51.06 FBA par6
(IP ADDRESS 2)
51.07 FBA par7
(IP ADDRESS 3)
51.08 FBA par8
(IP ADDRESS 4)
51.09 FBA par9
(SUBNET CIDR)
51.20 FBA par20
(MODBUS/TCP TIME-
OUT)
51.21 FBA par21
(TIMEOUT MODE)
52.01 FBA data in1
52.03 FBA data in3
53.01 FBA data out1
53.03 FBA data out3
51.27 FBA par refresh
10.01 Ext1 start func
10.10 Fault reset sel
21.01 Speed ref1 sel
(ACS850)
21.01 Speed ref sel
(ACQ810)
0
2)
16
2)
24
2)
Setting for
ACS850/ACQ810 drives
192
2)
168
2)
10
122
2)
107
2)
2606
2)
2607
2)
Refresh
FB
2)
2 (= Control RW)
2)
P.FBA main cw.8
FBA ref1
FBA ref1
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
First part of the IP address
Second part of the IP address
Third part of the IP address
Last part of the IP address
Sets the network mask as
255.255.255.0, allowing access only to the last subnet.
Sets the communication timeout as 1 second.
The timeout feature monitors the updating of the Control word and
Reference 1.
Power
DC bus voltage
Constant speed 1
Constant speed 2
Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source for the fault reset signal.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 as the source for speed reference
1.
76 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 47Eh (1150 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Speed mode).
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS880 and ACS580 drives
1. Power up the drive.
2. Enable the communication between the adapter module and the drive by selecting the correct slot number in parameter
50.01 FBA A enable.
The selection must correspond to the slot where the adapter module is installed. For example, if the adapter module is installed in slot 1, you must select slot 1.
3. With parameter 50.02 FBA A comm loss func, select how the drive reacts to a fieldbus communication break.
Note that this function monitors both communication between the fieldbus master and the adapter module and communication between the adapter module and the drive.
4. With parameter 50.03 FBA A comm loss t out, define the time between communication break detection and the selected action.
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 77
5. Select application-specific values for the rest of the parameters in group 50, starting from 50.04.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
6. Set the module configuration parameters in group 51.
•
Select the communication protocol and profile with parameter 51.02 and configure the network settings with parameters 51.03…51.13.
•
With parameters 51.20 and 51.21, select how the adapter module detects fieldbus communication breaks.
7. Define the process data transferred to and from the drive in parameter groups 52 and 53.
Note: The adapter module assigns the Control word, Status word, references 1…2 and actual values 1…2 automatically to
Modbus registers. Process data groups are not available in the
ABB Drives - Classic communication profile.
8. Save the valid parameter values to permanent memory with parameter 96.07 Parameter save manually.
9. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 51, 52 and 53 with parameter 51.27 FBA A par refresh.
10. Set the relevant drive control parameters to control the drive according to the application.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
78 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
Parameter setting examples – ACS880
Speed control using the ABB Drives – Enhanced communication profile
This example shows how to configure a speed control application that uses the ABB Drives - Enhanced profile. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference are according to the ABB
Drives profile. For more information, see section
ABB Drives communication profile
When Reference 1 (REF1) is used, a reference value of ±20000
(4E20h) corresponds to the reference set with parameter 46.01
Speed scaling in the forward and reverse directions.
The minimum and maximum 16-bit integer values that can be given through the fieldbus are -32768 and 32767 respectively.
Output data Input data
Control word
Speed reference
Reference 2 (Not used)
Constant speed 1
1)
Constant speed 2
1)
Modbus register
(4)00001
(4)00002
(4)00003
(4)00004
(4)00005
(4)00006
(4)00007
Status word
Speed actual value
Actual value 2 (Not used)
Power
1)
DC bus voltage
1)
Modbus register
(4)00051
(4)00052
(4)00053
(4)00054
(4)00055
(4)00056
(4)00057
1)
Example
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 FBA A enable
Setting for ACS880 drives
1 = Option slot 1
2)
Description
50.02 FBA A comm loss func
1 = Fault
2)
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Enables fieldbus A communication fault monitoring.
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 79
Drive parameter
50.03 FBA A comm loss t out
Setting for ACS880 drives
3.0 s
2)
50.04 FBA A ref1 type
51.01 FBA A type
51.02 Protocol/Profile
51.03 Commrate
51.04 IP configuration
51.05 IP address 1
51.06 IP address 2
51.07 IP address 3
51.08 IP address 4
51.09 Subnet CIDR
51.20 Timeout time
51.21 Timeout mode
52.01 FBA A data in1
52.03 FBA a data in3
53.01 FBA A data out1
53.03 FBA A data out3
4 = Speed
128 = ETHERNET
0 = Auto
2)
0 = Static IP
192
2)
168
2)
0
2)
16
2)
24
2)
10
2)
2)
2 = Control RW
01.14
2)
01.11
2)
22.26
2)
22.27
2)
51.27 FBA A par refresh 1 = Refresh
2)
1)
1 = MB/TCP ABB E
Description
Defines the fieldbus A communication break supervision time.
Selects the fieldbus A reference 1 type and scaling.
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the Modbus/TCP protocol and the ABB Drives - Enhanced profile.
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
.
First part of the IP address
Second part of the IP address
Third part of the IP address
Last part of the IP address
Sets the network mask as
255.255.255.0, allowing access only to the last subnet.
Sets the communication timeout as 1 second.
The timeout feature monitors the updating of the Control word and
Reference 1.
Output power
DC voltage
Constant speed 1
Constant speed 2
Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
80 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
Drive parameter
20.01 Ext1 commands
22.11 Speed ref1 source
31.11 Fault reset selection
Setting for ACS880 drives
12 = Fieldbus A
Description
4 = FB A ref1
06.1.7
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
Selects the fieldbus A interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus A reference 1 as the source for speed reference
1.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source for the fault reset signal.
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 47Eh (1150 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Speed mode).
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 81
Parameter setting examples – ACS580
Frequency control using the ABB Drives – Enhanced communication profile
This example shows how to configure a frequency control application that uses the ABB Drives - Enhanced profile. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference are according to the ABB
Drives profile. For more information, see section
ABB Drives communication profile
on page
In the frequency control mode, when Reference 1 (REF1) is used, a reference value of ±20000 (4E20h) corresponds to the reference set with parameter 46.02 Frequency scaling in the forward and reverse directions.
The minimum and maximum 16-bit integer values that can be given through the fieldbus are -32768 and 32767 respectively.
Output data
Control word
Frequency reference
Reference 2 (Not used)
Constant frequency 1
1)
Constant frequency 2
1)
Modbus register
(4)00001
(4)00002
(4)00003
(4)00004
(4)00005
(4)00006
(4)00007
Input data Modbus register
(4)00051 Status word
Frequency actual value (4)00052
Actual value 2 (Not used)
Power
1)
(4)00053
(4)00054
(4)00055
DC bus voltage
1)
(4)00056
(4)00057
1)
Example
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 FBA A enable
Setting for ACS580 drives
1 = Option slot 1
2)
Description
50.02 FBA A comm loss func
1 = Fault
2)
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Enables fieldbus A communication fault monitoring.
82 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
Drive parameter
50.03 FBA A comm loss t out
Setting for ACS580 drives
3.0 s
2)
50.04 FBA A ref1 type
51.01 FBA A type
51.02 Protocol/Profile
51.03 Commrate
51.04 IP configuration
51.05 IP address 1
51.06 IP address 2
51.07 IP address 3
51.08 IP address 4
51.09 Subnet CIDR
51.20 Timeout time
51.21 Timeout mode
52.01 FBA A data in1
52.03 FBA a data in3
53.01 FBA A data out1
53.03 FBA A data out3
0 = Speed or frequency
128 = ETHERNET
0 = Static IP
192
2)
168
2)
0
2)
16
2)
24
2)
10
2)
2)
2 = Control RW
01.14
2)
01.11
2)
28.26
2)
28.27
2)
51.27 FBA A par refresh 1 = Refresh
2)
1)
1 = MB/TCP ABB E
0 = Auto
2)
Description
Defines the fieldbus A communication break supervision time.
Selects the fieldbus A reference 1 type and scaling.
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the Modbus/TCP protocol and the ABB Drives - Enhanced profile.
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
.
First part of the IP address
Second part of the IP address
Third part of the IP address
Last part of the IP address
Sets the network mask as
255.255.255.0, allowing access only to the last subnet.
Sets the communication timeout as 1 second.
The timeout feature monitors the updating of the Control word and
Reference 1.
Output power
DC voltage
Constant frequency 1
Constant frequency 2
Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
Modbus/TCP – Start-up 83
Drive parameter
20.01 Ext1 commands
22.11 Speed ref1 source
31.11 Fault reset selection
Setting for ACS580 drives
12 = Fieldbus A
Description
4 = FB A ref1
06.1.7
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
Selects the fieldbus A interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus A reference 1 as the source for speed reference
1.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source for the fault reset signal.
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 47Eh (1150 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Scalar motor control mode).
84 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
Client configuration
After the adapter module has been initialized by the drive, you must prepare the client for communication with the module. Due to the large number of different Modbus clients, specific instructions cannot be provided here. Refer to the documentation of your client for more information.
Modbus register maps
The Modbus register map which the adapter module presents to the Modbus client is selected with parameter
02 PROTOCOL/
PROFILE
(see page
51
).
For Modbus register map definitions, see chapter
For definitions of the Control word, Status word, references and actual values for a given communication profile, see chapter
Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles
.
Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles 85
6
Modbus/TCP –
Communication profiles
Contents of this chapter
This chapter describes the communication profiles used in the communication between the Modbus/TCP client, the adapter module and the drive.
Communication profiles
Communication profiles are ways of conveying control commands
(Control word, Status word, references and actual values) between the Modbus client and the drive.
With the FENA adapter module, the Modbus/TCP network may employ either the ABB Drives profile or one of two Transparent modes for 16-bit and 32-bit words respectively. For the ABB Drives profile, data is converted by the adapter module into the native profile (eg, DCU or FBA). For the Transparent modes, no data conversion takes place.
86 Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles
The figure below illustrates the profile selection:
Modbus/TCP network
FENA
Profile selection:
ABB Drives profile
ABB Drives
Data conversion
Native profile (eg,
DCU, FBA)
Drive-specific profile
1)
(with 16-bit words)
Transparent16
Optional reference/ actual value scaling
Drive-specific profile
1)
(with 32-bit words)
Transparent32
Drive
1)
Can be used if the native profile is supported by the drive.
The following sections describe the Control word, the Status word, references and actual values for the ABB Drives communication profile. Refer to the drive manuals for details on the native profiles.
Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles 87
ABB Drives communication profile
Control word and Status word
The Control word is the principal means for controlling the drive from a fieldbus system. It is sent by the fieldbus client station to the drive through the adapter module. The drive switches between its states according to the bit-coded instructions in the Control word and returns status information to the client in the Status word.
The contents of the Control word and the Status word are detailed below. The drive states are presented on page
Control word contents
The table below shows the contents of the Control word for the
ABB Drives communication profile. The upper case boldface text refers to the states shown in the state machine on page
.
Bit Name
0 OFF1_
CONTROL
1 OFF2_
CONTROL
2 OFF3_
CONTROL
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
STATE/Description
Proceed to READY TO OPERATE.
Stop along currently active deceleration ramp. Proceed to OFF1 ACTIVE; proceed to READY TO SWITCH ON unless other interlocks (OFF2, OFF3) are active.
Continue operation (OFF2 inactive).
Emergency OFF, coast to stop.
Proceed to OFF2 ACTIVE, proceed to
SWITCH-ON INHIBITED.
Continue operation (OFF3 inactive).
Emergency stop, stop within time defined by drive parameter. Proceed to OFF3
ACTIVE; proceed to SWITCH-ON
INHIBITED.
Warning: Ensure that motor and driven machine can be stopped using this stop mode.
88 Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles
Bit
3
4
5
6
7
Name
INHIBIT_
OPERATION
RAMP_OUT_
ZERO
RAMP_HOLD
RAMP_IN_
ZERO
RESET
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
STATE/Description
Proceed to OPERATION ENABLED.
Note: Run enable signal must be active; see drive documentation. If the drive is set to receive the Run enable signal from the fieldbus, this bit activates the signal.
Inhibit operation. Proceed to OPERATION
INHIBITED.
Normal operation. Proceed to RAMP
FUNCTION GENERATOR: OUTPUT
ENABLED.
Force Ramp Function Generator output to zero. Drive ramps to stop (current and DC voltage limits in force).
Enable ramp function.
Proceed to RAMP FUNCTION
GENERATOR: ACCELERATOR
ENABLED.
Halt ramping (Ramp Function Generator output held).
1 Normal operation. Proceed to
OPERATION.
Note: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the source for this signal by drive parameters.
0 Force Ramp Function Generator input to zero.
0 –> 1 Fault reset if an active fault exists.
Proceed to SWITCH-ON INHIBITED.
Note: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the source for this signal by drive parameters.
0 Continue normal operation.
8…9 Reserved.
Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles 89
Bit Name
10 REMOTE_
CMD
Value
1
0
STATE/Description
Fieldbus control enabled.
Control word and reference not getting through to the drive, except for CW bits
OFF1, OFF2 and OFF3.
11
12…
15
EXT_CTRL_
LOC
1
0
Select External Control Location EXT2.
Effective if control location parameterized to be selected from fieldbus.
Select External Control Location EXT1.
Effective if control location parameterized to be selected from fieldbus.
Reserved or freely programmable control bits
(Not supported with ACS355)
Status word contents
The table below shows the contents of the Status word for the ABB
Drives communication profile. The upper case boldface text refers to the states shown in the state machine on page
.
Bit Name
0 RDY_ON
1 RDY_RUN
2 RDY_REF
3 TRIPPED
4 OFF_2_STA
5 OFF_3_STA
6 SWC_ON_
INHIB
Value STATE/Description
1
READY TO SWITCH ON
0
NOT READY TO SWITCH ON
1
READY TO OPERATE
0
OFF1 ACTIVE
1
OPERATION ENABLED
0
OPERATION INHIBITED
1
FAULT
0 No fault
1 OFF2 inactive
0
OFF2 ACTIVE
1 OFF3 inactive
0
OFF3 ACTIVE
1
SWITCH-ON INHIBITED
0 –
90 Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles
Bit
7
8
9
10
11
Name
ALARM
AT_
SETPOINT
REMOTE
ABOVE_
LIMIT
EXT_CTRL_
LOC
Value STATE/Description
1 Warning/Alarm
0 No warning/alarm
1 OPERATION. Actual value equals reference
(= is within tolerance limits, ie, in speed control, speed error is 10% max. of nominal motor speed).
0 Actual value differs from reference (= is outside tolerance limits.)
1 Drive control location: REMOTE (EXT1 or
EXT2)
0 Drive control location: LOCAL
1 Actual frequency or speed equals or exceeds supervision limit (set by drive parameter).
Valid in both directions of rotation.
0 Actual frequency or speed within supervision limit
1 External Control Location EXT2 selected.
Note concerning ACS880: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the target for this signal by drive parameters.
User bit 0 selection (06.33)
0 External Control Location EXT1 selected
12 EXT_RUN_
ENABLE
1 External Run Enable signal received.
Note concerning ACS880: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the target for this signal by drive parameters.
User bit 1 selection (06.34)
13…
14
0 No External Run Enable signal received
Reserved or freely programmable status bits
(Not supported with ACS355)
15 FBA_ERROR 1 Communication error detected by fieldbus adapter module
0 Fieldbus adapter communication OK
Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles 91
State machine
The state machine for the ABB Drives communication profile is shown below.
MAINS OFF
Power ON
SWITCH-ON
INHIBITED
(SW Bit6=1)
(CW Bit0=0)
ABB Drives communication profile
A B C D
(CW Bit3=0)
OPERATION
INHIBITED operation inhibited
(SW Bit2=0) from any state
NOT READY TO
SWITCH ON
(CW=xxxx x
(SW Bit0=0)
1xx xxxx x110)
CW = Control word
SW = Status word n = Speed f
I = Input current
RFG = Ramp function generator
= Frequency
READY TO
SWITCH ON
(SW Bit0=1)
(CW=xxxx x
1xx xxxx x111) from any state
Fault
READY TO
OPERATE
(SW Bit1=1)
FAULT
(SW Bit3=1)
OFF1
ACTIVE
OFF1
(CW Bit0=0)
(SW Bit1=0) n(f)=0 / I=0
B C D
(CW Bit3=1 and
SW Bit12=1)
(CW=xxxx x 1xx xxxx 1111 and SW Bit12=1)
(CW Bit7=1) from any state from any state
Emergency stop
OFF3
(CW Bit2=0)
Emergency OFF
OFF2
(CW Bit1=0)
OFF3
ACTIVE (SW Bit5=0)
OFF2
ACTIVE (SW Bit4=0)
(CW Bit4=0) n(f)=0 / I=0
(CW Bit5=0)
(CW Bit6=0)
C D
D
A
OPERATION
ENABLED
(SW Bit2=1)
(CW=xxxx x 1xx xxx1 1111)
RFG: OUTPUT
ENABLED
B
(CW=xxxx x 1xx xx11 1111)
C
RFG: ACCELERATOR
ENABLED
(CW=xxxx x 1xx x111 1111)
OPERATION
(SW Bit8=1)
D state condition rising edge of the bit
92 Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles
References
References are 16-bit words containing a sign bit and a 15-bit integer. A negative reference (indicating reversed direction of rotation) is formed by calculating the two’s complement from the corresponding positive reference.
ABB drives can receive control information from multiple sources including analog and digital inputs, the drive control panel and a fieldbus adapter module (for example, FENA). To have the drive controlled through the fieldbus, you must select the module as the source for control information, for example, reference.
Scaling
References are scaled as shown below.
Note: The values of REF1 MAX and REF2 MAX are set with drive parameters. See the drive manuals for further information.
In ACSM1, ACS850, ACQ810, ACS880 and ACS580, the speed reference (REFx) in decimal (0…20000) corresponds to 0…100% of the speed scaling value (as defined with a drive parameter).
In ACS355, drive parameter REFx MIN may limit the actual minimum reference.
Fieldbus Drive
REF2: 10000
REF1: 20000
REFx MAX / Speed scale
0 0
REF2: -10000
REF1: -20000
-(REFx MAX) / Speed scale
Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles 93
Actual values
Actual values are 16-bit words containing information on the operation of the drive. The functions to be monitored are selected with a drive parameter.
Scaling
Actual values are scaled as shown below.
Note: The values of REF1 MAX and REF2 MAX are set with drive parameters. See the drive manuals for further information.
Drive Fieldbus
ACT2: 10000
ACT1: 20000
REFx MAX
0 0
ACT2: -10000
ACT1: -20000
-(REFx MAX)
94 Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles
Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol 95
6
Modbus/TCP –
Communication protocol
Contents of this chapter
This chapter describes the Modbus/TCP communication protocol for the adapter module.
Modbus/TCP
Modbus/TCP is a variant of the Modbus family of simple, vendor neutral communication protocols intended for supervision and control of automation equipment. Specifically, it covers the use of
Modbus messaging over TCP connection on an IP network.
The FENA adapter module acts as a Modbus/TCP server with support for the ABB Drives and Transparent profiles. The adapter module also supports Modbus over UDP. The only difference between Modbus/TCP and Modbus/UDP is that in Modbus/UDP the transport layer protocol is UDP instead of TCP.
The supported Modbus commands are listed in section
. Two simultaneous Modbus/TCP connections are supported, that is, two clients can be connected to the adapter module at a time.
Further information on the Modbus/TCP protocol is available at www.modbus.org
.
96 Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
Register addressing
The address field of Modbus Requests for accessing Holding registers is 16 bits. This allows the Modbus protocol to support addressing of 65536 Holding registers.
Historically, Modbus client devices used 5-digit decimal addresses from 40001 to 49999 to represent Holding register addresses.
5-digit decimal addressing limited to 9999 the number of holding registers that could be addressed.
Modern Modbus client devices typically provide a means to access the full range of 65536 Modbus Holding registers. One of these methods is to use 6-digit decimal addresses from 400001 to
465536. This manual uses 6-digit decimal addressing to represent
Modbus Holding register addresses.
Modbus client devices that are limited to 5-digit decimal addressing may still access registers 400001 to 409999 by using
5-digit decimal addresses 40001 to 49999. Registers 410000-
465536 are inaccessible to these clients.
Function codes
The adapter module supports the Modbus function codes shown below.
Function code
03h
Name Description
06h
10h
17h
Read Holding Registers Reads the contents of a contiguous block of holding registers in a server device.
Write Single Register Writes a single holding register in a server device.
Write Multiple Registers Writes the contents of a contiguous block of holding registers in a server device.
Read/Write Multiple
Registers
Writes the contents of a contiguous block of holding registers in a server device, then reads the contents of a contiguous block of holding registers (same or different than those written) in a server device.
Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol 97
Function code
Name
2Bh/0Eh Encapsulated Interface
Transport / Read Device
Identification
Description
Allows reading identification and other information of the server.
Parameter "Read Device ID code" allows one to define three access types:
• 01: Request to get the basic device identification (stream access)
• 02: Request to get the regular device identification (stream access)
• 04: Request to get one specific identification object (individual access).
Encapsulated Interface Transport / Read Device
Identification
The adapter module supports the Modbus EIT/RDI objects shown below.
Name Object ID
00h
01h
02h
03h
04h
Vendor Name
Product Code
Major/Minor Revision
Vendor URL
Product Name
98 Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
Exception codes
The adapter module supports the Modbus exception codes shown below.
Exception
Code
01h
02h
03h
04h
06h
Name Description
ILLEGAL FUNCTION The function code received in the query is not an allowable action for the server.
ILLEGAL DATA
ADDRESSS
The data address received in the query is to an allowable address for the server.
ILLEGAL DATA VALUE A value contained in the query data field is not an allowable value for the server.
SLAVE DEVICE
FAILURE
An unrecoverable error occurred while the server was attempting to perform the requested action.
SLAVE DEVICE BUSY The server is engaged in processing a long-duration command. The client should retransmit the message later when the server is free.
Communication profiles
Modbus is an application layer messaging protocol. It describes how data is transferred between the client and a server, but not the meaning of that data. Communication profiles are used to define the meaning of the data.
Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol 99
ABB Drives profile - Classic
The ABB Drives profile - Classic communication profile provides register mapped access to the control, status, reference and actual values of the ABB Drives profile in the classic format for backward compatibility.
Register Address
1)
Register Data (16-bit)
(4)00001
(4)00002
(4)00003
ABB Drives Profile Control
ABB Drives Profile Reference 1
ABB Drives Profile Reference 2
(4)00004
(4)00005
(4)00006
(4)00101…(4)09999
ABB Drives Profile Status
ABB Drive Profile Actual 1
ABB Drive Profile Actual 2
Drive Parameter Access (16-bit)
(4)20000…(4)29999
Register Address = (4)00000 + 100 × Group +
Index
Example for Drive Parameter 3.18:
(4)00000 + 100 × 3 + 18 = 400318
Drive Parameter Access (32-bit)
(not supported with ACS355):
Register Address = (4)20000 + 200 × Group +
2 × Index
Example for Drive Parameter 1.27:
(4)20000 + 200 × 1 + 2 × 27 = 420254
1)
6-digit register addressing ([4]00001) is used instead of 5-digit register
addressing ([4]0001) to describe the register map. See section
for additional information.
100 Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
ABB Drives profile - Enhanced
The ABB Drives profile - Enhanced communication profile provides register mapped access to the control, status, reference and actual values of the ABB Drives profile. The mapping of the registers has been enhanced to allow writing of control and reading of status in a single Read/Write Multiple Register request.
Register Address
1), 2)
Register Data (16-bit)
(4)00012
(4)00013
(4)00014
(4)00015
(4)00051
(4)00052
(4)00053
(4)00054
(4)00055
(4)00056
(4)00057
(4)00058
(4)00059
(4)00001
(4)00002
(4)00003
(4)00004
(4)00005
(4)00006
(4)00007
(4)00008
(4)00009
(4)00010
(4)00011
ABB Drives Profile Control
ABB Drives Profile Reference 1
ABB Drives Profile Reference 2
DATA OUT 1
DATA OUT 2
DATA OUT 3
DATA OUT 4
DATA OUT 5
DATA OUT 6
DATA OUT 7
DATA OUT 8
DATA OUT 9
DATA OUT 10
DATA OUT 11
DATA OUT 12
ABB Drives Profile Status
ABB Drive Profile Actual 1
ABB Drive Profile Actual 2
DATA IN 1
DATA IN 2
DATA IN 3
DATA IN 4
DATA IN 5
DATA IN 6
Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol 101
Register Address
1), 2)
(4)00060
(4)00061
(4)00062
(4)00063
(4)00064
(4)00065
(4)00101…(4)09999
Register Data (16-bit)
DATA IN 7
DATA IN 8
DATA IN 9
DATA IN 10
DATA IN 11
DATA IN 12
Drive Parameter Access (16-bit)
(4)20000…(4)29999
Register Address = (4)00000 + 100 × Group +
Index
Example for Drive Parameter 3.18:
(4)00000 + 100 × 3 + 18 = 400318
Drive Parameter Access (32-bit)
(not supported with ACS355):
Register Address = (4)20000 + 200 × Group +
2 × Index
Example for Drive Parameter 1.27:
(4)20000 + 200 × 1 + 2 × 27 = 420254
1)
6-digit register addressing ([4]00001) is used instead of 5-digit register addressing ([4]0001) to describe register map. See section
for additional information.
2)
Register addresses of the 32-bit parameters cannot be accessed by using 5-digit register numbers.
102 Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
Transparent 16-bit
The Transparent 16-bit communication profile provides unaltered
16-bit access to the configured drive profile.
Register Address
1), 2)
Register Data (16-bit)
(4)00001
(4)00002
Native Drive Profile Control
Native Drive Profile Reference 1
(4)00014
(4)00015
(4)00051
(4)00052
(4)00053
(4)00054
(4)00055
(4)00056
(4)00057
(4)00058
(4)00059
(4)00060
(4)00061
(4)00003
(4)00004
(4)00005
(4)00006
(4)00007
(4)00008
(4)00009
(4)00010
(4)00011
(4)00012
(4)00013
Native Drive Profile Reference 2
DATA OUT 1
DATA OUT 2
DATA OUT 3
DATA OUT 4
DATA OUT 5
DATA OUT 6
DATA OUT 7
DATA OUT 8
DATA OUT 9
DATA OUT 10
DATA OUT 11
DATA OUT 12
Native Drive Profile Status
Native Drive Profile Actual 1
Native Drive Profile Actual 2
DATA IN 1
DATA IN 2
DATA IN 3
DATA IN 4
DATA IN 5
DATA IN 6
DATA IN 7
DATA IN 8
Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol 103
Register Address
1), 2)
(4)00062
(4)00063
DATA IN 9
DATA IN 10
Register Data (16-bit)
(4)00064
(4)00065
DATA IN 11
DATA IN 12
(4)00101…(4)09999 Drive Parameter Access (16-bit)
Register Address = 400000 + 100 × Group +
Index
Example for Drive Parameter 3.18:
(4)00000 + 100 × 3 + 18 = 400318
(4)20000…(4)29999 Drive Parameter Access (32-bit)
(not supported with ACS355):
Register Address = (4)20000 + 200 × Group +
2 × Index
Example for Drive Parameter 1.27:
(4)20000 + 200 × 1 + 2 × 27 = 420254
1)
6-digit register addressing ([4]00001) is used instead of 5-digit register addressing ([4]0001) to describe register map. See section
for additional information.
2)
Register addresses of the 32-bit parameters cannot be accessed by using 5-digit register numbers.
Transparent 32-bit
The Transparent 32-bit communication profile provides unaltered
32-bit access to the configured drive profile.
Register Address
1), 2)
Register Data (16-bit)
(4)00001 Native Drive Profile Control - Least Significant
16-bits
(4)00002
(4)00003
Native Drive Profile Control - Most Significant
16-bits
Native Drive Profile Reference 1 - Least
Significant 16-bits
104 Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
Register Address
1), 2)
(4)00004
(4)00005
(4)00006
(4)00007
(4)00008
(4)00009
(4)00010
(4)00011
(4)00012
(4)00013
(4)00014
(4)00015
(4)00016
(4)00017
(4)00018
(4)00051
(4)00052
(4)00053
(4)00054
(4)00055
(4)00056
(4)00057
(4)00058
Register Data (16-bit)
Native Drive Profile Reference 1 - Most
Significant 16-bits
Native Drive Profile Reference 2 - Least
Significant 16-bits
Native Drive Profile Reference 2 - Most
Significant 16-bits
DATA OUT 1
DATA OUT 2
DATA OUT 3
DATA OUT 4
DATA OUT 5
DATA OUT 6
DATA OUT 7
DATA OUT 8
DATA OUT 9
DATA OUT 10
DATA OUT 11
DATA OUT 12
Native Drive Profile Status - Least Significant 16bits
Native Drive Profile Status - Most Significant 16bits
Native Drive Profile Actual 1 - Least Significant
16-bits
Native Drive Profile Actual 1 - Most Significant
16-bits
Native Drive Profile Actual 2 - Least Significant
16-bits
Native Drive Profile Actual 2 - Most Significant
16-bits
DATA IN 1
DATA IN 2
Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol 105
Register Address
1), 2)
(4)00059
(4)00060
(4)00061
(4)00062
DATA IN 3
DATA IN 4
DATA IN 5
DATA IN 6
Register Data (16-bit)
(4)00063
(4)00064
(4)00065
(4)00066
(4)00067
(4)00068
DATA IN 7
DATA IN 8
DATA IN 9
DATA IN 10
DATA IN 11
DATA IN 12
(4)00101…(4)09999 Drive Parameter Access (16-bit)
Register Address = (4)00000 + 100 × Group +
Index
Example for Drive Parameter 3.18:
(4)00000 + 100 × 3 + 18 = 400318
(4)20000…(4)29999 Drive Parameter Access (32-bit)
(not supported with ACS355):
Register Address = (4)20000 + 200 × Group +
2 × Index
Example for Drive Parameter 1.27:
(4)20000 + 200 × 1 + 2 × 27 = 420254
1)
6-digit register addressing ([4]00001) is used instead of 5-digit register addressing ([4]0001) to describe register map. See section
for additional information.
2)
Register addresses of the 32-bit parameters cannot be accessed by using 5-digit register numbers.
106 Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
Modbus/TCP – Diagnostics 107
9
Modbus/TCP – Diagnostics
Contents of this chapter
This chapter explains how to trace faults with the status LEDs on the adapter module when the module is used for Modbus/TCP communication.
Fault and warning messages
For the fault and warning messages concerning the adapter module, see the drive firmware manual.
108 Modbus/TCP – Diagnostics
LEDs
The adapter module is equipped with three bicolor diagnostic
LEDs. The LEDs are described below.
Name
HOST
Color
Blinking green
Green
Blinking red
Flashing orange, alternating with the MODULE flashing orange
Function
Establishing communication to host
Connection to host OK
Communication to host lost temporarily
Internal file system error. The error may be cleared by cycling drive power. If the error persists, contact your local ABB representative.
Modbus/TCP – Diagnostics 109
Name
MODULE
NETWORK
/NET
Color
Off
Function
There is no power applied to the device.
Flashing orange Device is attempting to obtain IP configuration from the DHCP server.
Orange
Flashing green
Green
Device is executing Duplicate Address
Detection.
Device is waiting for a Modbus request.
Device has received a Modbus request within the Modbus/TCP Timeout period.
Flashing red
Red
Flashing orange, alternating with the HOST flashing orange
Off
Ethernet link is down.
Ethernet interface is disabled. Duplicate
Address Detection may have detected a duplicate address. Check the IP configuration and either initiate a
Fieldbus Adapter parameter refresh or cycle power to the drive.
Internal file system error. The error may be cleared by cycling drive power. If the error persists, contact your local ABB representative.
Ethernet link is down.
Flashing green Ethernet link is up at 100 Mbps.
Flashing indicates activity on interface.
Flashing orange Ethernet link is up at 10 Mbps.
Flashing indicates activity on interface.
110 Modbus/TCP – Diagnostics
Internal error code registers
A Modbus query can fail in many ways in the drive. The Modbus standard does not specify detailed error descriptions. In addition to the standard error codes, the FENA adapter module provides an internal error register area for more detailed diagnostics.
The internal error register area is used if Modbus error code 0x04 occurs. The registers contain information about the last query. You can figure out the reason of the failure by reading the registers.
The internal error register is cleared when a query has finished successfully.
Address
(4)00090
(4)00091
(4)00092
(4)00093
(4)00094
(4)00095
Registers (16-bit word)
Reset internal error registers (0 = Do nothing, 1 = Reset)
Function code of the failed query
Internal error code; see the error number.
Failed register
Last register that was written successfully
Last register that was read successfully
Error code
0x00
0x02
0x03
0x05
0x65
0x66
0x70
Description
No error
Low or high limit exceeded
Faulty subindex
Incorrect data type
General error in drive communication
Timeout
Read-only
Situation
Used when a Modbus query was successful
Change access with a value outside the value limits
Access to an unavailable subindex of an array parameter
Change access with a value that does not match the data type of the parameter
Undefined error when handling a
Modbus query
Timeout in drive communication when handling a Modbus query
An attempt to write a non-zero value to a read-only drive parameter
Error code
0x71
0x72
Description
Parameter group ended
MSB is not zero
0x73
0x74
LSB query start
MSB query end
Modbus/TCP – Diagnostics 111
Situation
An attempt to write to multiple parameter groups
An attempt to write a 16-bit parameter with a 32-register address and the MSB bytes are not zero
An attempt to access only the
LSB register of the 32-bit parameter
An attempt to access only the
MSB register of the 32-bit parameter
112 Modbus/TCP – Diagnostics
EtherNet/IP protocol
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EtherNet/IP – Start-up
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 115
6
Contents of this chapter
This chapter contains:
• information on configuring the drive for operation with the adapter module
• drive-specific instructions on starting up the drive with the adapter module
• examples of configuring the client for communication with the adapter module.
Warnings
WARNING! Obey the safety instructions given in this manual and the drive documentation.
116 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
Drive configuration
The information in this section applies to all drive types compatible with the adapter module, unless otherwise stated.
EtherNet/IP connection configuration
After the adapter module has been mechanically and electrically installed according to the instructions in chapters
and
for communication with the module.
The detailed procedure of activating the module for EtherNet/IP communication with the drive depends on the drive type. Normally, you must adjust a parameter to activate the communication. See the drive-specific start-up sections starting on page
.
Once communication between the drive and the adapter module has been established, several configuration parameters are copied to the drive. These parameters are shown in the tables below and must be checked first and adjusted where necessary. You can adjust the parameters via a drive control panel, a PC tool or a web user interface. For more information on the web user interface, see
Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages
.
Note:
•
Not all drives display descriptive names for the configuration parameters. To help you identify the parameters in different drives, the names displayed by each drive are given in gray boxes in the tables.
•
The new parameter settings take effect only when you power up the module the next time or when you activate the fieldbus adapter refresh parameter.
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 117
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group A (group 1)
Note: The actual parameter group number depends on the drive type. Group A (group 1) corresponds to:
• parameter group 51 in ACS355, ACSM1, ACS850 and
ACQ810
• parameter group 51 in ACS880 and ACS580 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter A or group 54 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter B.
Default
128 =
ETHER-
NET
No.
01
Name/Value
FBA TYPE
Description
Read-only. Shows the fieldbus adapter type as detected by the drive. The value cannot be adjusted by the user.
If the value is 0 = None, the communication between the drive and the module has not been established.
02 PROTOCOL/
PROFILE
ACS355:
FB PAR 2
ACSM1:
FBA PAR2
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par2
ACS880/ACS580:
Protocol/Profile
100 = EIP AC/DC
Selects the application protocol and communication profile for the network connection.
The selections available for EtherNet/IP communication are listed below.
1)
0 = Modbus/TCP: ABB Drives profile -
Classic
EtherNet/IP protocol: ODVA AC/DC drive profile
101 = EIP ABB Pro EtherNet/IP protocol: ABB Drives profile
102 = EIP T16 EtherNet/IP protocol: Transparent 16-bit profile
103 = EIP T32 EtherNet/IP protocol: Transparent 32-bit profile
0
1)
118 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
03 COMM RATE
ACS355:
FB PAR 3
ACSM1:
FBA PAR3
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par3
ACS880/ACS580:
Commrate
0 = Auto
1 = 100 Mbps FD
2 = 100 Mbps HD
3 = 10 Mbps FD
4 = 10 Mbps HD
04 IP
CONFIGURATION
ACS355:
FB PAR 4
ACSM1:
FBA PAR4
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par4
ACS880/ACS580:
IP configuration
0 = Static IP
Description
Sets the bit rate for the Ethernet interface.
Autonegotiate
100 Mbps, full duplex
100 Mbps, half duplex
10 Mbps, full duplex
10 Mbps, half duplex
Sets the method for configuring the IP address, subnet mask and gateway address for the adapter module.
Default
0 = Auto
1 = Dyn
IP DHCP
1 = Dyn IP DHCP
05 IP ADDRESS 1
ACS355:
FB PAR 5
ACSM1:
FBA PAR5
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par5
ACS880/ACS580:
IP address 1
0…255
… …
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
.
Configuration will be obtained via DHCP.
An IP address is assigned to each IP node on a network. An IP address is a 32-bit number that is typically represented in “dotted decimal” notation consisting of four decimal integers, on the range 0…255, separated by periods. Each integer represents the value of one octet (8bits) in the IP address. Parameters
05
…
08
define the four octets of the IP address.
IP address
…
0
…
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 119
No.
Name/Value
08 IP ADDRESS 4
ACS355:
FB PAR 8
ACSM1:
FBA PAR8
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par8
ACS880/ACS580:
IP address 4
0…255
09 SUBNET CIDR
ACS355:
FB PAR 9
ACSM1:
FBA PAR9
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par9
ACS880/ACS580:
Subnet CIDR
Description
See parameter
05 IP ADDRESS 1
.
IP address
Subnet masks are used for splitting networks into smaller networks called subnets. A subnet mask is a 32-bit binary number that splits the IP address into a network address and host address.
Subnet masks are typically represented in either dotted decimal notation or the more compact CIDR notation, as shown in the table below.
0
Default
0
Dotted decimal
255.255.255.254
255.255.255.252
255.255.255.248
255.255.255.240
255.255.255.224
255.255.255.192
255.255.255.128
255.255.255.0
255.255.254.0
255.255.252.0
255.255.248.0
255.255.240.0
255.255.224.0
255.255.192.0
255.255.128.0
255.255.0.0
1…31
CIDR Dotted decimal
31 255.254.0.0
30 255.252.0.0
29 255.248.0.0
28 255.240.0.0
27 255.224.0.0
26 255.224.0.0
25 255.128.0.0
24 255.0.0.0
23 254.0.0.0
22 252.0.0.0
21 248.0.0.0
20 240.0.0.0
19 224.0.0.0
18 192.0.0.0
17 128.0.0.0
16
Subnet mask in CIDR notation
CIDR
15
14
13
12
11
4
3
6
5
10
9
8
7
2
1
120 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
10 GW ADDRESS 1
ACS355:
FB PAR 10
ACSM1:
FBA PAR10
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par10
ACS880/ACS580:
GW address 1
0…255
… …
13 GW ADDRESS 4
ACS355:
FB PAR 13
ACSM1:
FBA PAR13
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par13
ACS880/ACS580:
GW address 4
14
…
18
0…255
Reserved
Description
IP gateways connect individual physical IP subnets into a unified IP network. When an IP node needs to communicate with an IP node on another subnet, the IP node sends the data to the IP gateway for forwarding. Parameters
10
…
13
define the four octets of the gateway address.
GW address
…
See parameter
10 GW ADDRESS 1
.
GW address
These parameters are not used by the adapter module when the module is configured for
EtherNet/IP.
Default
0
…
0
N/A
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 121
No.
Name/Value
19 T16 SCALE
ACS355:
FB PAR 19
ACSM1:
FBA PAR19
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par19
ACS880/ACS580:
T16 scale
0…65535
Description
Defines the reference multiplier/actual value divisor for the adapter module. The parameter is effective only when the Transparent 16 profile is selected AND the drive is using the native communication profile (eg, DCU or FBA) and a 16-bit transparent Reference 1/Actual value 1.
With an ACS355 drive, the speed reference from the PLC is multiplied by the value of this parameter plus one. For example, if the parameter has a value of 99 and a reference of
1000 given by the master, the reference will be multiplied by 99 +1 = 100 and forwarded to the drive as 100000. According to the DCU profile, this value is interpreted as a reference of
100 rpm in the drive.
With ACSM1, ACS850, ACQ810, ACS880 and
ACS580, setting this parameter to 65535 provides an approximation of 1 = 1 rpm.
Reference multiplier/actual value divisor
Default
99
122 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
20 CONTROL
TIMEOUT
ACS355:
FB PAR 20
ACSM1:
FBA PAR20
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par20
ACS880/ACS580:
Control timeout
Description
Defines the control timeout value.
The EtherNet/IP protocol specifies connection timeout for I/O messaging (Class 1) and
Connected explicit messaging (Class 3), but not Unconnected explicit messaging.
This parameter provides a timeout for
Unconnected explicit messaging and for instances of Connected explicit messaging
(Class 3), where the client breaks the connection in between requests.
Default
0
Connection type Control timeout
I/O messaging
(Class 1)
0…65535
Timeout source
(Requested Packet Interval) X
(Connection Timeout Multiplier)
Note: Timeout behavior may be modified by
Watchdog Timeout Action attribute of
Connection object.
Connected explicit messaging
(Class 3)
0 (Requested Packet Interval) X
(Connection Timeout Multiplier)
Note: Timeout behavior may be modified by
Watchdog Timeout Action attribute of
Connection object.
Unconnected explicit messaging
1…65534 100ms X (Control Timeout Value) since last
Control Event
65535
0
Never Timeout
Always Timeout
Note: Control Timeout must be greater than zero to control drive with Unconnected
Explicit Messaging.
1…65534 100ms X (Control Timeout Value) since last
Control Event
65535 Never Timeout
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 123
No.
Name/Value Description
Control timeout events:
• Write of an output assembly object instance
• Write of control bits (Run1, Run2, NetCtrl,
NetRef and FaultReset)
• Write Speed Reference
• Write Torque Reference
• Reset Control Supervisor object
• Write Force Fault via Control Supervisor object
If a timeout occurs, the adapter module signals the drive that communication with the client has been lost. The drive configuration then determines how to respond.
Example: If the timeout is 250 ms and the drive is configured to fault on a communication failure with a delay of 500 ms, then the drive will fault 750 ms after communications is lost.
Control timeout value
I/O connections may include a Run/Idle notification. This parameter determines the action the drive takes in response to an Idle notification.
Default
0 =
Off-line
0…65535
21 IDLE ACTION
ACS355:
FB PAR 21
ACSM1:
FBA PAR21
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par21
ACS880/ACS580:
Idle action
0 = Off-line
1 = On-line
In the event of an Idle notification, the adapter module signals the drive that communication with the client has been lost. The drive configuration then determines how to respond.
Example: If the timeout is 250 ms and the drive is configured to fault on a communication failure with a delay of 500 ms, then the drive will fault 750 ms after communications is lost.
In the event of an Idle notification, the drive will continue to operate using the last command and references received.
124 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
22 ODVA STOP
FUNCTION
ACS355:
FB PAR 22
ACSM1:
FBA PAR22
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par22
ACS880/ACS580:
Stop function
0 = Ramp
1 = Coast
Description
Determines how the motor is to be stopped when a stop command is received via
EtherNet/IP.
This parameter only applies to the ODVA
AC/DC drive profile.
The motor decelerates along the active deceleration ramp.
The motor comes to a stop by coasting.
Default
0 =
Ramp
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 125
No.
Name/Value
23 ODVA SPEED
SCALE
ACS355:
FB PAR 23
ACSM1:
FBA PAR23
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par23
ACS880/ACS580:
Speed scale
Description
This parameter only applies to the ODVA
AC/DC drive profile. The units of reference and actual speeds for the ODVA AC/DC drive profile are given by the formula below.
Speed unit = RPM × 2
(-1 × ODVA speed scale value)
Note: While a wide range of resolutions may be configured, the actual performance is limited to the performance capabilities of the drive.
The table below shows the how the drive ODVA speed scale parameter values correspond to the ODVA speed scale units.
Default
128
ODVA speed scale value
1)
Speed scale value of drive parameter
2)
Unit
-5
-4
-3
-2
1
2
-1
0 (default)
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
32 RPM
16 RPM
8 RPM
4 RPM
2 RPM
1 RPM
0.5 RPM
0.25 RPM
3
4
131
132
0.125 RPM
0.0625 RPM
5 133 0.03125 RPM
1)
Use the ODVA speed scale value when reading/writing parameter
ODVA
SPEED SCALE
. When written via the
AC/DC drive object, the new value takes effect immediately.
2)
Use the speed scale value of the drive parameter when reading/writing parameter
ODVA SPEED SCALE
Drive parameter object, class 90h
Fieldbus configuration object, class 91h
When written via these methods, the new value takes effect after the drive is repowered or a “Fieldbus Adapter Parameter refresh” is given.
0…255 Speed scale value of drive parameter
126 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
24 ODVA TORQUE
SCALE
ACS355:
FB PAR 24
ACSM1:
FBA PAR4
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par24
ACS880/ACS580:
Torque scale
Description
This parameter only applies to the ODVA
AC/DC drive profile. The units of reference and actual torques for the ODVA AC/DC drive profile are given by the formula below.
Default
128
Torque unit = N·m × 2
(-1 × ODVA torque scale) where:
(N·m = Newton × Meter)
Note: While a wide range of resolutions may be configured, the actual performance is limited to the performance capabilities of the drive.
The table below shows the how the drive ODVA torque scale parameter values correspond to the ODVA torque scale units.
25
…
26
ODVA torque scale value
-5
-4
-3
-2
1
2
-1
0 (default)
3
1)
Torque scale value of drive parameter
2)
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
Unit
32 N·m
16 N·m
8 N·m
4 N·m
2 N·m
1 N·m
0.5 N·m
0.25 N·m
0.125 N·m
4 132 0.0625 N·m
5 133 0.03125 N·m
1)
Use the ODVA torque scale value when reading/writing parameter
ODVA
TORQUE SCALE
via
. When written via the AC/DC drive object, the new value takes effect immediately.
2)
Use the torque scale value of the drive parameter when reading/writing parameter
ODVA TORQUE SCALE
via the drive control panel,
Drive parameter object, class 90h
Fieldbus configuration object, class 91h
.
When written via these methods, the new value takes effect after the drive is repowered or a “Fieldbus Adapter Parameter refresh” is given.
0…255
Reserved
Torque scale value of drive parameter
These parameters are not used by the adapter module when the module is configured for
EtherNet/IP.
N/A
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 127
No.
Name/Value
27 FBA PAR
REFRESH
28
ACS355/ACSM1:
FBA PAR
REFRESH
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par refresh
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B par refresh
0 = Done
1 = Refresh
PAR TABLE VER
ACS355:
FILE CPI FW REV
ACSM1:
PAR TABLE VER
ACS850/ACQ810:
Par table ver
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B par table ver
29 DRIVE TYPE
CODE
ACS355:
FILE CONFIG ID
ACSM1:
DRIVE TYPE
CODE
ACS850/ACQ810:
Drive type code
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B drive type code
Description
Validates any changed adapter module configuration parameter settings. After refreshing, the value reverts automatically to
0 = Done.
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the drive is running.
Default
0 = Done
Refreshing done
Refreshing
Read-only. Displays the parameter table revision of the fieldbus adapter module mapping file stored in the memory of the drive.
In format xyz, where
x = major revision number
y = minor revision number
z = correction number
OR in format axyz, where
a = major revision number
xy = minor revision numbers
z = correction number or letter.
Parameter table revision
Read-only. Displays the drive type code of the fieldbus adapter module mapping file stored in the memory of the drive.
N/A
N/A
Drive type code of the fieldbus adapter module mapping file
128 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
30 MAPPING FILE
VER
ACS355:
FILE CONFIG REV
ACSM1:
MAPPING FILE
VER
ACS850/ACQ810:
Mapping file ver
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B mapping file ver
Description
Read-only. Displays the fieldbus adapter module mapping file revision stored in the memory of the drive in decimal format.
Mapping file revision
Read-only. Displays the status of the fieldbus adapter module communication.
Note: The value names may vary by drive.
31 D2FBA COMM
STA
ACS355:
FBA STATUS
ACSM1:
D2FBA COMM
STA
ACS850/ACQ810:
D2FBA comm sta
ACS880/ACS580:
D2FBA A/B comm status
0 = Idle
1 = Exec.init
2 = Time out
3 = Conf.err
4 = Off-line
5 = On-line
6 = Reset
Adapter is not configured.
Adapter is initializing.
A timeout has occurred in the communication between the adapter and the drive.
Adapter configuration error: The major or minor revision code of the common program revision in the fieldbus adapter module is not the revision required by the module or mapping file upload has failed more than three times.
Adapter is off-line.
Adapter is on-line.
Adapter is performing a hardware reset.
Default
N/A
0 = Idle
OR
4 = Offline
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 129
No.
Name/Value
32 FBA COMM SW
VER
ACS355:
FBA CPI FW REV
ACSM1:
FBA COMM SW
VER
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA comm sw ver
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B comm SW ver
Description
Read-only. Displays the common program revision of the adapter module in format axyz, where:
a = major revision number
xy = minor revision numbers
z = correction number or letter.
33 FBA APPL SW
VER
ACS355:
FBA APPL FW
REV
ACSM1:
FBA APPL SW
VER
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA appl sw ver
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B appl SW ver
Common program version of the adapter module
Read-only. Displays the application program revision of the adapter module in format axyz, where:
a = major revision number
xy = minor revision numbers
z = correction number or letter.
Application program revision of the adapter module
Default
N/A
N/A
130 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group B (group 2)
Note: The actual parameter group number depends on the drive type. Group B (group 2) corresponds to:
• parameter group 55 in ACS355
• parameter group 53 in ACSM1, ACS850 and ACQ810
• parameter group 53 in ACS880 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter A or group 56 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter B.
No.
1)
Name/Value Description Default
01 0 = None DATA OUT 1
(client to drive)
ACS355:
FBA DATA OUT 1
ACSM1:
FBA DATA OUT1
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA data out1
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B data out1
In output assembly instances that include drive parameters, this parameter specifies which parameter’s value will be placed in location
DATA OUT 1 value received by the drive from the EtherNet/IP client.
The content is defined by a decimal number in the range of 0 to 9999 as follows:
0
101…
9999
Not used
1…99 Virtual address area of drive control.
Not used when the EtherNet/IP protocol is used
.
Parameter area of the drive
0 = None
101…9999
Not used
Parameter index with format xxyy, where
• xx is the parameter group number (1…99)
• yy is the parameter number index within that group (01…99).
Note: In ACS880 and ACS580, choose Other to display a list of mappable drive parameters.
02…
10
DATA OUT 2 …
DATA OUT 10
See parameter
01 DATA OUT 1
.
0 = None
1)
The number of parameters in this group may vary by drive type and drive firmware.
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 131
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group C (group 3)
Note: The actual parameter group number depends on the drive type. Group C (group 3) corresponds to:
• parameter group 54 in ACS355
• parameter group 52 in ACSM1, ACS850 and ACQ810
• parameter group 52 in ACS880 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter A or group 55 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter B.
No.
1)
Name/Value Description Default
01 0 = None DATA IN 1
(drive to client)
ACS355:
FBA DATA IN 1
ACSM1:
FBA DATA IN1
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA data in1
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B data in1
In input assembly instances that include drive parameters, this parameter specifies which parameter’s value will be placed in location
DATA IN 1 value sent by the drive to the
EtherNet/IP client.
The content is defined by a decimal number in the range of 0 to 9999 as follows:
0
101…
9999
Not used
1…99 Virtual address area of drive control.
Not used when the EtherNet/IP protocol is used
.
Parameter area of the drive
0 = None
101…9999
Not used
Parameter index with format xxyy, where
• xx is the parameter group number (1…99)
• yy is the parameter number index within that group (01…99).
Note: In ACS880 and ACS580, choose Other to display a list of mappable drive parameters.
02…
10
DATA IN 2 …
DATA IN 10
See parameter
01 DATA IN 1
.
0 = None
1)
The number of parameters in this group may vary by drive type and drive firmware.
132 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
Control locations
ABB drives can receive control information from multiple sources including digital inputs, analog inputs, the drive control panel and a fieldbus adapter module. ABB drives allow the user to separately determine the source for each type of control information (Start,
Stop, Direction, Reference, Fault reset, etc.).
To give the fieldbus client the most complete control over the drive, you must select the adapter module as the source of this information. The drive-specific parameter setting examples below contain the drive control parameters relevant in the examples. For a complete parameter list, see the drive documentation.
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 133
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS355 drives
1. Power up the drive.
2. Enable the communication between the adapter module and the drive with parameter 9802 COMM PROT SEL.
3. Set the module configuration parameters in group 51.
At the minimum, select the communication protocol and profile with parameter 5102 and configure the network settings with parameters 5103…5113.
4. With parameter 3018 COMM FAULT FUNC, select how the drive reacts to a fieldbus communication break.
5. With parameter 3019 COMM FAULT TIME, define the time between communication break detection and the selected action.
6. Define the process data transferred to and from the drive in parameter groups 54 and 55.
Note: The adapter module assigns the Control word, Status word, references 1…2 and actual values 1…2 automatically to cyclical communication according to the selected assembly instances.
7. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 51, 54 and 55 with parameter 5127 FBA PAR REFRESH.
8. Set the relevant drive control parameters to control the drive according to the application.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
134 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
Parameter setting examples – ACS355
Speed control using the ODVA AC/DC drive profile,
Extended speed control assembly
This example shows how to configure a speed control application that uses the ODVA AC/DC drive profile, Extended speed control assembly. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference scaling are according to the ODVA AC/DC drive profile. For more information, see section
When Reference 1 (REF1) is used for speed control and the parameter 5123 value is 128, an ODVA speed reference value of
±30000 (decimal) corresponds to an equal amount of rpm in the drive. The reference value sent from the PLC is limited by parameter 1105 REF1 MAX in the forward and reverse directions.
The minimum and maximum 16-bit integer values that can be given through the fieldbus are -32768 and 32767 respectively.
Bytes
0
…
1
2
…
3
4
…
5
6
…
7
1)
Example
Instance 121
Control word
Speed reference
Constant speed 1
1)
Constat speed 2
1)
Instance 171
Status word
Speed actual value
Power
1)
DC bus voltage
1)
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter Setting for ACS355 drives
9802 COMM PROT SEL 4 = EXT FBA
Description
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
5101 FBA TYPE ETHERNET
1)
5102 FB PAR 2
(PROTOCOL/PROFILE)
100 (= EIP AC/DC)
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the EtherNet/IP protocol and the ODVA AC/DC drive profile.
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 135
Drive parameter
5103 FB PAR 3
(COMMRATE)
5104 FB PAR 4
(IP CONFIGURATION)
5105 FB PAR 5
(IP ADDRESS 1)
5106 FB PAR 6
(IP ADDRESS 2)
5107 FB PAR 7
(IP ADDRESS 3)
5108 FB PAR 8
(IP ADDRESS 4)
5123 FB PAR 23
(ODVA SPEED SCALE)
3018 COMM FAULT
FUNC
3019 COMM FAULT
TIME
Setting for ACS355 drives
0 (= Auto)
2)
Description
0 (= Static IP)
192
168
2)
0
2)
16
2)
2)
128
2)
1 = FAULT
3.0 s
2)
2)
2)
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
...
13
.
First part of the IP address
Second part of the IP address
Third part of the IP address
Last part of the IP address
Sets the scaling for the ODVA speed reference.
Enables fieldbus communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus communication break supervision time.
5401 FBA DATA IN 1 106
2)
5402 FBA DATA IN 2 107
2)
5501 FBA DATA OUT 1 1202
2)
5502 FBA DATA OUT 2 1203
2)
Power
DC bus voltage
Constant speed 1
Constant speed 2
5127 FBA PAR
REFRESH
9904 MOTOR CTRL
MODE
1001 EXT1
COMMANDS
1103 REF1 SELECT
1 = REFRESH Validates the FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
1 = VECTOR: SPEED Selects the speed control mode as the motor control mode.
10 = COMM
8 = COMM
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 as the source for speed reference 1.
136 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
Drive parameter
1601 RUN ENABLE
1604 FAULT RESET
SEL
Setting for ACS355 drives
7 = COMM
Description
8 = COMM
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source for the inverted Run enable signal (Run disable).
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source for the fault reset signal.
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 0h (0 decimal) –> READY.
•
Enter 1h (1 decimal) –> ENABLED (Running forward)
OR
Enter 2h (2 decimal) –> ENABLED (Running reverse).
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 137
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACSM1 drives
1. Power up the drive.
2. Enable the communication between the adapter module and the drive with parameter 50.01 FBA ENABLE.
3. With parameter 50.02 COMM LOSS FUNC, select how the drive reacts to a fieldbus communication break.
Note that this function monitors both communication between the fieldbus master and the adapter module and communication between the adapter module and the drive.
4. With parameter 50.03 COMM LOSS T OUT, define the time between communication break detection and the selected action.
5. Select application-specific values for parameters
50.04…50.11.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
6. Set the module configuration parameters in group 51.
At the minimum, select the communication protocol and profile with parameter 51.02 and configure the network settings with parameters 51.03…51.13.
7. Define the process data transferred to and from the drive in parameter groups 52 and 53.
Note: The adapter module assigns the Control word, Status word, references 1…2 and actual values 1…2 automatically to cyclical communication according to the selected assembly instances.
8. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 51, 52 and 53 with parameter 51.27 FBA PAR REFRESH.
138 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
9. Set the relevant drive control parameters to control the drive according to the application.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
Parameter setting examples – ACSM1
Speed control using the ODVA AC/DC drive profile,
Extended speed control assembly
This example shows how to configure a speed control application that uses the ODVA AC/DC drive profile, Extended speed control assembly. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference scaling are according to the ODVA AC/DC drive profile. For more information, see section
When Reference 1 (REF1) is used for speed control and the value of parameter 51.23 is 128, an ODVA speed reference value of
±30000 (decimal) corresponds to an equal amount of rpm in the drive. The speed reference value sent by the PLC is limited by parameter 20.01 MAXIMUM SPEED in the forward direction and
20.02 MINIMUM SPEED in the reverse direction.
The minimum and maximum 16-bit integer values that can be given through the fieldbus are -32768 and 32767 respectively.
Bytes
0…1
2…3
4…7
8…11
Instance 121
Control word
Speed reference
Constant speed 1
1)
Speed reference for jogging function 1
1)
Instance 171
Status word
Speed actual value
Power
1)
DC bus voltage
1)
1)
Example
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 139
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 FBA ENABLE
Setting for ACSM1 drives
Enable
Description
50.02 COMM LOSS
FUNC
50.03 COMM LOSS T
OUT
50.04 FBA REF1
MODESEL
Fault
2)
3.0 s
2)
Speed
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Enables fieldbus communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus communication break supervision time.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 scaling.
51.01 FBA TYPE ETHERNET
1)
51.02 FBA PAR2
(PROTOCOL/PROFILE)
51.03 FBA PAR3
(COMMRATE)
100 (= EIP AC/DC)
0 (= Auto
2)
0 (= Static IP)
2)
192
2)
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the EtherNet/IP protocol and the ODVA AC/DC drive profile.
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
.
First part of the IP address
51.04 FBA PAR4
(IP CONFIGURATION)
51.05 FBA PAR5
(IP ADDRESS 1)
51.06 FBA PAR6
(IP ADDRESS 2)
51.07 FBA PAR7
(IP ADDRESS 3)
51.08 FBA PAR8
(IP ADDRESS 4)
51.09 FBA PAR9
(SUBNET CIDR)
51.23 FBA PAR23
(ODVA SPEED SCALE)
168
2)
0
2)
16
2)
24
2)
128
2)
Second part of the IP address
Third part of the IP address
Last part of the IP address
Sets the network mask as
255.255.255.0, allowing access only to the last subnet.
Sets the scaling for the ODVA speed reference.
52.01 FBA DATA IN1
52.03 FBA DATA IN3
53.01 FBA DATA OUT1
122
2)
107
2)
2408
2)
Power
DC bus voltage
Constant speed
140 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
Drive parameter
53.03 FBA DATA OUT3
51.27 FBA PAR
REFRESH
10.01 EXT1 START
FUNC
24.01 SPEED REF1 SEL
34.01 EXT1/EXT2 SEL
34.03 EXT1 CTRL
MODE1
Setting for ACSM1 drives
2410
2)
Description
REFRESH
FBA
FBA REF1
C.FALSE
Speed
Speed reference for jogging function 1
Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 as the source for speed reference
1.
Selects that the external control location is always EXT1.
Selects speed control as the control mode 1 for external control location 1.
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 0h (0 decimal) –> READY.
•
Enter 1h (1 decimal) –> ENABLED (Running forward).
•
Enter 2h (2 decimal) –> ENABLED (Running reverse).
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 141
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS850 and ACQ810 drives
1. Power up the drive.
2. Enable the communication between the adapter module and the drive with parameter 50.01 FBA enable.
3. With parameter 50.02 Comm loss func, select how the drive reacts to a fieldbus communication break.
Notes:
•
This function monitors both communication between the fieldbus master and the adapter module and communication between the adapter module and the drive.
•
In ACQ810, you can select the control locations to be monitored with parameter 50.21 Comm loss enable. By default, the monitoring is enabled in both control locations
(EXT1 and EXT2).
4. With parameter 50.03 Comm loss t out, define the time between communication break detection and the selected action.
5. Select application-specific values for parameters
50.04…50.11.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
6. Set the module configuration parameters in group 51.
At the minimum, select the communication protocol and profile with parameter 51.02 and configure the network settings with parameters 51.03…51.13.
142 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
7. Define the process data transferred to and from the drive in parameter groups 52 and 53.
Note: The adapter module assigns the Control word, Status word, references 1…2 and actual values 1…2 automatically to cyclical communication according to the selected assembly instances.
8. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 51, 52 and 53 with parameter 51.27 FBA par refresh.
9. Set the relevant drive control parameters to control the drive according to the application.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
Parameter setting examples – ACS850 and ACQ810
Speed control using the ODVA AC/DC drive profile,
Extended speed control assembly
This example shows how to configure a speed control application that uses the ODVA AC/DC drive profile, Extended speed control assembly. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference scaling are according to the ODVA AC/DC drive profile. For more information, see section
When Reference 1 (REF1) is used for speed control and the value of parameter 51.23 is 128, an ODVA speed reference value of
±30000 (decimal) corresponds to an equal amount of rpm in the drive. The speed reference value sent from the PLC is limited by parameter 20.01 Maximum speed in the forward direction and
20.02 Minimum speed in the reverse direction.
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 143
The minimum and maximum 16-bit integer values that can be given through the fieldbus are -32768 and 32767 respectively.
Bytes
0
…
1
2
…
3
4
…
7
8
…
11
1)
Example
Instance 121
Control word
Speed reference
Constant speed 1
1)
Constant speed 2
1)
Instance 171
Status word
Speed actual value
Power
1)
DC bus voltage
1)
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 Fba enable
Setting for
ACS850/ACQ810 drives
Enable
Description
50.02 Comm loss func
50.03 Comm loss t out
50.04 Fb ref1 modesel
Fault
2)
3.0 s
2)
Speed
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Enables fieldbus communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus communication break supervision time.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 scaling.
51.01 FBA type Ethernet
1)
51.02 FBA par2
(PROTOCOL/PROFILE)
51.03 FBA par3
(COMMRATE)
51.04 FBA par4
(IP CONFIGURATION)
51.05 FBA par5
(IP ADDRESS 1)
51.06 FBA par6
(IP ADDRESS 2)
100 (= EIP AC/DC)
0 (= Auto)
2)
0 (= Static IP)
2)
192
2)
168
2)
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the EtherNet/IP protocol and the ODVA AC/DC drive profile.
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
.
First part of the IP address
Second part of the IP address
144 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
Drive parameter
51.07 FBA par7
(IP ADDRESS 3)
51.08 FBA par8
(IP ADDRESS 4)
51.09 FBA par9
(SUBNET CIDR)
Setting for
ACS850/ACQ810 drives
0
2)
16
24
2)
2)
51.23 FBA par23
(ODVA SPEED SCALE)
52.01 FBA data in1
52.03 FBA data in3
53.01 FBA data out1
53.03 FBA data out3
51.27 FBA par refresh
128
2)
122
2)
107
2)
2606
2)
2607
2)
Refresh
10.01 Ext1 start func FB
Description
Third part of the IP address
Last part of the IP address
Sets the network mask as
255.255.255.0, allowing access only to the last subnet.
Sets the scaling for the ODVA speed reference.
Power
DC bus voltage
Constant speed 1
Constant speed 2
Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 as the source for speed reference
1.
21.01 Speed ref1 sel
(ACS850)
21.01 Speed ref sel
(ACQ810)
FBA ref1
FBA ref1
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 0h (0 decimal) –> READY.
•
Enter 1h (1 decimal) –> ENABLED (Running forward).
•
Enter 2h (2 decimal) –> ENABLED (Running reverse).
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 145
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS880 and ACS580 drives
1. Power up the drive.
2. Enable the communication between the adapter module and the drive by selecting the correct slot number in parameter
50.01 FBA A enable.
The selection must correspond to the slot where the adapter module is installed. For example, if the adapter module is installed in slot 1, you must select slot 1.
3. With parameter 50.02 FBA A comm loss func, select how the drive reacts to a fieldbus communication break.
Note that this function monitors both communication between the fieldbus master and the adapter module and communication between the adapter module and the drive.
4. With parameter 50.03 FBA A comm loss t out, define the time between communication break detection and the selected action.
5. Select application-specific values for the rest of the parameters in group 50, starting from 50.04.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
6. Set the module configuration parameters in group 51.
At the minimum, select the communication protocol and profile with parameter 51.02 and configure the network settings with parameters 51.03…51.13.
7. Define the process data transferred to and from the drive in parameter groups 52 and 53.
Note: The adapter module assigns the Control word, Status word, references 1…2 and actual values 1…2 automatically to cyclical communication according to the selected assembly instances.
146 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
8. Save the valid parameter values to permanent memory with parameter 96.07 Parameter save manually.
9. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 51, 52 and 53 with parameter 51.27 FBA A par refresh.
10. Set the relevant drive control parameters to control the drive according to the application.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
Parameter setting examples – ACS880 and ACS580
Speed control using the ODVA AC/DC drive profile,
Extended speed control assembly
This example shows how to configure a speed control application that uses the ODVA AC/DC drive profile, Extended speed control assembly. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference scaling are according to the ODVA AC/DC drive profile. For more information, see section
When Reference 1 (REF1) is used for speed control and the value of parameter 51.23 is 128, an ODVA speed reference value of
±30000 (decimal) corresponds to an equal amount of rpm in the drive. The speed reference value sent from the PLC is limited by parameter 30.12 Maximum speed in the forward direction and
30.11 Minimum speed in the reverse direction.
The minimum and maximum 16-bit integer values that can be given through the fieldbus are -32768 and 32767 respectively.
Bytes
0
…
1
2
…
3
4
…
7
8
…
11
1)
Example
Instance 121
Control word
Speed reference
Constant speed 1
1)
Constant speed 2
1)
Instance 171
Status word
Speed actual value
Power
1)
DC bus voltage
1)
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 147
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 FBA A enable
Setting for ACS880
/ACS580 drives
1 = Option slot 1
2)
Description
50.02 FBA A comm loss func
50.03 FBA A comm loss t out
50.04 FBA A ref1 type
1 = Fault
2)
3.0 s
2)
4 = Speed
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Enables fieldbus A communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus A communication break supervision time.
Selects the fieldbus A reference 1 type and scaling.
51.01 FBA A type 128 = ETHERNET
1)
51.02 Protocol/Profile
51.03 Commrate
51.04 IP configuration
51.05 IP address 1
51.06 IP address 2
51.07 IP address 3
51.08 IP address 4
51.09 Subnet CIDR
100 = EIP AC/DC
0 = Auto
2)
0 = Static IP
2)
192
2)
168
2)
0
2)
16
2)
24
2)
51.23 ODVA speed scale 128
2)
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the EtherNet/IP protocol and the ODVA AC/DC drive profile.
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
Configuration will be obtained from configuration parameters
05
…
13
.
First part of the IP address
Second part of the IP address
Third part of the IP address
Last part of the IP address
Sets the network mask as
255.255.255.0, allowing access only to the last subnet.
Sets the scaling for the ODVA speed reference.
52.01 FBA data in1
52.03 FBA data in3
53.01 FBA data out1
53.03 FBA data out3
01.14
2)
01.11
2)
22.26
2)
22.27
2)
Output power
DC voltage
Constant speed 1
Constant speed 2
148 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
Drive parameter
51.27 FBA A par refresh
20.01 Ext1 commands
22.11 Speed ref1 source
Setting for ACS880
/ACS580 drives
1 = Refresh
Description
Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
12 = Fieldbus A
4 = FB A ref1
Selects the fieldbus A interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus A reference 1 as the source for speed reference
1.
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 0h (0 decimal) –> READY.
•
Enter 1h (1 decimal) –> ENABLED (Running forward).
•
Enter 2h (2 decimal) –> ENABLED (Running reverse).
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 149
Configuring the client
After the adapter module has been initialized by the drive, you must prepare the client for communication with the module. An example of an Allen-Bradley® PLC is given below. If you are using another client system, refer to its documentation for more information.
The example applies to all drive types compatible with the module.
Before you start
Decide on these points before you start the client configuration.
Select protocol/profile
During the configuration of the drive and the client, it is necessary to select a communication protocol, in this case EtherNet/IP, and a communication profile. The communication profile determines which I/O assemblies and objects are available. See chapter
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
Select output and input assembly instances
EtherNet/IP devices implement multiple objects each with many attributes. While it is possible to write or read each attribute separately to control the drive, this is inefficient. Assembly object instances provide a means to group writes or reads of attributes.
The selection of assembly objects is limited by the choice of the communication profile. This table gives a listing of the output and input assemblies.
Name Profile
Basic Speed Control
Output instance
20
Input instance
70
Size
(bytes)
4
Enhanced Speed Control
Basic Speed and Torque
Control
Enhanced Speed and
Torque Control
Basic Speed Control plus
Drive Parameters
21
22
23
120
71
72
73
170
4
6
6
24
ODVA AC/DC drive
ODVA AC/DC drive
ODVA AC/DC drive
ODVA AC/DC drive
ODVA AC/DC drive
150 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
Name
Enhanced Speed Control plus Drive Parameters
Basic Speed and Torque
Control plus Drive
Parameters
Enhanced Speed and
Torque Control plus Drive Parameters
ABB Drives Profile w/ Set
Speed
ABB Drives Profile w/
Set Speed and Set Torque
ABB Drives Profile w/
Set Speed plus Drive
Parameters
ABB Drives Profile w/
Set Speed and Set Torque plus Drive Parameters
Transparent16 w/One
Output instance
121
122
123
1
2
101
102
11
Transparent16 w/Two
Transparent16 w/One plus
Drive Parameters
Transparent16 w/Two plus
Drive Parameters
Transparent32 w/One
Transparent32 w/Two
12
111
112
21
22
121 Transparent32 w/One plus
Drive Parameters
Transparent32 w/Two plus
Drive Parameters
122
71
72
171
172
61
62
161
162
Input instance
171
172
173
51
52
151
152
24
26
4
6
28
32
8
12
Size
(bytes)
24
26
Profile
ODVA AC/DC drive
ODVA AC/DC drive
26
4
6
24
26
ODVA AC/DC drive
ABB Drives profile
ABB Drives profile
ABB Drives profile
ABB Drives profile
Transparent16 profile
Transparent16 profile
Transparent16 profile
Transparent16 profile
Transparent32 profile
Transparent32 profile
Transparent32 profile
Transparent32 profile
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 151
Select connection method
EtherNet/IP provides a variety of connection methods to communicate between devices. Not all methods are supported by all devices. Refer to the client documentation to determine which method(s) are supported by the client.
Note: The choice of the connection method has a significant impact on the timeout behavior. Refer to configuration parameters
20 CONTROL TIMEOUT
and
21 IDLE ACTION
for more information.
The FENA adapter module supports the following connection methods:
I/O connections
The adapter module supports Class 1 I/O connections. I/O connections are often also referred to as “Implicit Messaging”. I/O connections are typically established by configuring an I/O scanner to write and read assembly object instances.
Connected explicit messaging
The adapter module supports Class 3 connected explicit messaging. Class 3 connected explicit messages are typically established by using a “message instruction” to write or read an attribute.
Note: When using Class 3 explicit messaging, some EtherNet/IP clients may close the connection after the MSG instruction is done.
This will cause the module to behave as if it were controlled via unconnected explicit messaging.
Unconnected explicit messaging
The adapter module supports unconnected explicit messaging.
Unconnected explicit messages are typically established by using a “message instruction” to write or read an attribute.
Note: EtherNet/IP does not provide a timeout means for unconnected explicit messaging. To use unconnected explicit messaging for control, refer to configuration parameter
20
CONTROL TIMEOUT
.
152 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
EDS files
Electronic Data Sheet (EDS) files specify the properties of the device for the EtherNet/IP client. The client identifies the device by means of the product code, device type and major revision attributes.
To enable the use of different ABB drive types on the same
EtherNet/IP network, a unique product code has been given to each drive type and application combination.
EDS files are available from the Document library
( www.abb.com/drives) .
Note: Only one EDS file with the same EtherNet/IP product code can be installed in the PLC at a time.
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 153
Configuring an Allen-Bradley
®
PLC
This example shows how to prepare an Allen-Bradley® Control-
Logix5555™ PLC for communication with the adapter module by using the RSLogix 5000® software as the configuration tool.
1. Start the RSLogix software and open/create an RSLogix project.
Note: It is assumed that the PLC configuration has already been established in the RSLogix project.
2. In the RSLogix I/O, right-click the EtherNet/IP communication module and select New Module.
154 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
3. In the Select Module window, select ETHERNET-MODULE.
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 155
4. Select the input and output assembly instances and the PLC
I/O memory size to be used.
The table below shows the available combinations. The example below uses the ODVA AC/DC assembly instances
121 and 171.
PLC word settings Input assembly instances
70
71
72
73
170
171
172
173
51
52
151
152
61
62
161
162
Output assembly instances
20
21
22
23
120
121
122
123
1
2
101
102
11
12
111
112
3
12
13
12
13
13
2
12
13
2
3
2
3
12
2
3
For more information on the input/output assembly instances, see chapter
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
156 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
5. Enter the following information.
The example below uses ODVA AC/DC assembly instances
121 and 171. The PLC will transmit and receive 12 words.
Type a name for the adapter module.
Type the Input and Output
Assembly Instance numbers.
Select the sizes of the
Input and Output words for the adapter module.
FENA uses 16-bit words.
Change Comm Format to
Data - INT (16 bits).
Type the IP address of the adapter module.
Set Configuration as 1 and Size as 0.
EtherNet/IP – Start-up 157
6. Click OK.
The adapter module is now added to the PLC I/O.
7. Click the FENA module to open the Module Properties window.
158 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
8. On the Connection tab, select the Requested Packet Interval
(RPI) for the adapter module I/O communication.
9. Download the new configuration to the PLC.
The PLC is now ready for communication with the adapter module.
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles 159
11
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
Contents of this chapter
This chapter describes the communication profiles used in the communication between the EtherNet/IP client, the adapter module and the drive.
Communication profiles
Communication profiles are ways of conveying control commands
(Control word, Status word, references and actual values) between the master station and the drive.
With the FENA adapter module, the EtherNet/IP network may employ either the ODVA AC/DC drive profile or the ABB Drives profile. Both are converted to the native profile (eg, DCU or FBA) by the adapter module. In addition, two Transparent modes – for
16-bit and 32-bit words respectively – are available. With the
Transparent modes, no data conversion takes place.
160 EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
The figure below illustrates the profile selection:
EtherNet/IP network
FENA
Profile selection:
ODVA AC/DC profile
ODVA AC/DC
Data conversion
ABB Drives profile
ABB Drives
Data conversion
Native profile (eg,
DCU, FBA)
Native profile (eg,
DCU, FBA)
Drive
Drive-specific profile
1)
(with 16-bit words)
Transparent16
Optional reference/ actual value scaling
Drive-specific profile
1)
(with 32-bit words)
Transparent32
1)
Can be used if the native profile is supported by the drive.
The following sections describe the Control word, the Status word, references and actual values for the ODVA AC/DC drive and ABB
Drives communication profiles. Refer to the drive manuals for details on the native profiles.
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles 161
ODVA AC/DC drive profile
This section briefly describes the ODVA AC/DC drive profile.
Additional information is available at www.odva.org
.
An EtherNet/IP node is modeled as a collection of abstract objects.
Each object represents the interface to and behavior of a component within the product. The ODVA AC/DC drive profile defines a collection of objects suitable for the control of AC and DC drives. The objects supported by the adapter module are listed in
.
Objects are defined by:
•
Service
•
Class
•
Instance
•
Attribute
•
Behavior.
For example, to set the drive speed reference, the
Set_Attribute_Single service can be requested for the SpeedRef attribute of the AC/DC drive object class. The resulting behavior is that the reference speed of the drive is set to the requested value.
This is an example of explicit messaging, where each attribute of a class is set individually. While this is allowed, it is inefficient.
Instead, implicit messaging using input and output assembly
Instances is recommended. Implicit messaging allows the
EtherNet/IP client to set or get predefined groups of attributes in a single message exchange. The assembly instances supported by the adapter module are listed and defined in section
on page
162 EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
ODVA output attributes
This section briefly describes the instances found in the output assemblies of the ODVA AC/DC drive profile. Note that all output assembly instances do not support all attributes listed here.
Run Forward & Run Reverse (Control supervisor object)
These attributes are used to assert run and stop commands to the
Control supervisor object state machine according to the following
Run/Stop event matrix. See
State (Control supervisor object)
.
RunFwd
0
0
→
1
0
0
→
1
1
1
0
→
1
RunRev
0
1
0
0
0
→
1
→
1
1
1
→
0
Trigger event
Stop
Run
Run
No Action
No Action
Run
Run
Run type
N/A
RunFwd
RunRev
N/A
N/A
RunRev
RunFwd
Fault Reset (Control supervisor object)
This attribute resets a drive fault on a transition from zero to one if the condition that caused the fault has been cleared.
Net Ctrl (Control supervisor object)
This attribute requests that the drive Run/Stop command be supplied locally (Net Ctrl = 0) or by the network (Net Ctrl = 1).
Net Ref (AC/DC drive object)
This attribute requests that the drive speed and torque references be supplied locally (Net Ref = 0) or by the network (Net Ref = 1).
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles 163
Speed Reference (AC/DC drive object)
This attribute is the speed reference for the drive. The units are scaled by the Speed Scale attribute of the AC/DC drive object. See
for details.
Scalar mode
When the drive is operating in the scalar mode, the adapter module provides the drive with a frequency reference. The ODVA
AC/DC drive profile uses rpm units for the speed reference. The drive frequency reference is calculated as follows:
Dfr
=
Osr
×
Us
×
Mf
Mss where
Dfr = Drive Frequency Reference in Hz
Osr = ODVA Speed Reference
Us = ODVA Speed Unit (see
on page
)
Mf = Motor Nominal Frequency in Hz
Mss = Motor Synchronous Speed in rpm (not Motor Nominal Speed).
For example, for a 4-pole 60 Hz motor (Mss = 1800 rpm) with a unit of 1 rpm and an ODVA Speed Reference of 900, the drive frequency reference is:
Dfr
=
Osr
×
Us
×
Mf
Mss
=
900
×
1 rpm
×
60
1800 rpm
Hz
=
30 Hz
164 EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
Vector mode
When the drive is operating in the vector mode, the adapter module provides the drive with a speed reference. The ODVA
AC/DC drive profile uses rpm units for the speed reference. The drive speed reference is calculated as follows:
Dsr
=
Osr
×
Us where
Dsr = Drive Speed Reference in rpm
Osr = ODVA Speed Reference
Us = ODVA Speed Unit (see
).
For example, for an ODVA Speed Reference of 900 rpm with a unit of 0.5 rpm, the drive speed reference is:
Dsr
=
Osr
×
Us
=
900
×
0.5rpm
=
450rpm
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles 165
Torque Reference (AC/DC drive object)
This attribute is the torque reference for the drive. The units are scaled by the Torque Scale attribute of the AC/DC drive object.
The adapter module provides the drive with a torque reference in percent of the motor nominal torque. The ODVA AC/DC drive profile uses Newton-meter (N·m) units for the torque reference.
The drive torque reference is calculated as follows:
Dtr
=
100
×
Otr
×
Ut
Mt where
Dtr = Drive Torque Reference in Percent of Motor Nominal Torque
Otr = ODVA Torque Reference
Ut = ODVA Torque Unit (see
on page
)
Mt = Motor Nominal Torque in N
· m.
For example, for a 1000 N·m Motor Nominal Torque with a unit of
1 N·m and an ODVA Torque Reference of 500, the drive torque reference is:
Dtr
=
100
×
Otr
Mt
×
Ut
=
100
×
500
×
1 Nm
1000 Nm
=
50
166 EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
ODVA input attributes
This section briefly describes the instances found in the ODVA
AC/DC drive profile’s input assemblies. Note that all input assembly instances do not support all attributes listed here.
Faulted (Control supervisor object)
This attribute indicates that the drive has experienced a fault. The fault code may be read from the FaultCode attribute of the Control supervisor object.
Warning (Control supervisor object)
This attribute indicates that the drive is experiencing a warning condition. The warning code may be read from the WarnCode attribute of the Control supervisor object.
Running Forward (Control supervisor object)
This attribute indicates that the drive is running in the forward direction.
Running Reverse (Control supervisor object)
This attribute indicates that the drive is running in the reverse direction.
Ready (Control supervisor object)
This attribute indicates that the Control supervisor object state
machine is in the Ready, Running or Stopping state. See
.
Ctrl From Net (Control supervisor object)
This attribute indicates if the Run/Stop command is being supplied locally (Ctrl From Net = 0) or by the network (Ctrl From Net = 1).
Ref From Net (AC/DC drive object)
This attribute indicates if the speed and torque references are being supplied locally (Ref From Net = 0) or by the network (Ref
From Net = 1).
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles 167
At Reference (AC/DC drive object)
This attribute indicates that the drive is operating at the specified speed or torque reference.
State (Control supervisor object)
This attribute indicates the current state of the Control supervisor object.
State
2
3
0
1
Description
Vendor Specific
Startup
Not Ready
Ready
State
6
7
4
5
Description
Enabled
Stopping
Fault Stop
Faulted
168 EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
The ODVA state transition diagram is shown below:
Non Existent
Power off
ALM = Alarm
DEC = Deceleration
FWD = Forward
REV = Reverse
RDY = Ready
Power on
Startup
ALM=1
Faulted
Power on
Power-on
AND RDY
Not Ready
FaultRst
ALM=1
Power-on AND not RDY
Ready
DEC=0
FWD OR REV
FWD OR REV
Stopping
ALM=1
DEC=0
Fault stop
Enabled
DEC=1
ALM=1
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles 169
Speed Actual (AC/DC drive object)
This attribute indicates the actual speed at which the drive is operating. The units are scaled by the SpeedScale attribute of the
AC/DC drive object. See parameter
for details.
Scalar mode
When the drive is operating in the scalar mode, the drive provides the adapter module with a frequency actual. The ODVA AC/DC drive profile uses rpm units for the speed actual. The ODVA Speed
Actual is calculated as follows:
Osa
=
Dfa
×
Mss
Mf
×
Us
where
Osa = ODVA Speed Actual
Dfa = Drive Frequency Actual in Hz
Us = ODVA Speed Unit (see
)
Mf = Motor Nominal Frequency in Hz
Mss = Motor Synchronous Speed in rpm (not Motor Nominal Speed).
For example, for a 4-pole 60 Hz motor (Mss = 1800 rpm) with a unit of 1 rpm and a Drive Frequency Actual of 30 Hz, the ODVA
Speed Actual is:
Osa
=
Dfa
Mf
×
×
Mss
Us
=
30Hz
×
1800rpm
60Hz
×
1rpm
=
900
170 EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
Vector mode
When the drive is operating in the vector mode, the drive provides the adapter module with a speed actual. The ODVA AC/DC drive profile uses rpm units for the speed actual. The ODVA Speed
Actual is calculated as follows:
Osa
=
Dsa
Us where
Dsa = Drive Speed Actual in rpm
Osa = ODVA Speed Actual
Us = ODVA Speed Unit (see
For example, for a Drive Speed Actual of 900 rpm with a unit of
0.5 rpm, the ODVA Speed Actual is:
Osa
=
Dsa
Us
=
450 rpm
0.5
rpm
=
900
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles 171
Torque Actual (AC/DC drive object)
This attribute indicates the actual torque at which the drive is operating. The units are scaled by the Torque Scale attribute of the
AC/DC drive object. See
details.
The drive provides the adapter module with a torque actual in percent of the Motor Nominal Torque. The ODVA AC/DC drive profile uses Newton-meter (N·m) units for the torque actual. The
ODVA Torque Actual is calculated as follows:
Ota
=
Dta
×
100
×
Mt
Ut
where
Dta = Drive Torque Actual in Percent of Motor Nominal Torque
Ota = ODVA Torque Actual
Ut = ODVA Torque Unit (see
on page
)
Mt = Motor Nominal Torque in N
· m.
For example, for a 1000 N·m Motor Nominal Torque with a unit of
1 N·m and a drive torque actual of 50%, the ODVA Torque Actual is:
Ota
=
Dta ×
100
×
Mt
Ut
=
50 × 1000
100
×
1
Nm
Nm
=
500
172 EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
ABB Drives communication profile
Control word and Status word
The Control word is the principal means for controlling the drive from a fieldbus system. It is sent by the fieldbus client station to the drive through the adapter module. The drive switches between its states according to the bit-coded instructions in the Control word and returns status information to the client in the Status word.
The contents of the Control word and the Status word are detailed
below. The drive states are presented on page
Control word contents
The table below shows the contents of the Control word for the
ABB Drives communication profile. The upper case boldface text refers to the states shown in the state machine on page
.
Bit Name
0 OFF1_
CONTROL
1 OFF2_
CONTROL
2 OFF3_
CONTROL
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
STATE/Description
Proceed to READY TO OPERATE.
Stop along currently active deceleration ramp. Proceed to OFF1 ACTIVE; proceed to READY TO SWITCH ON unless other interlocks (OFF2, OFF3) are active.
Continue operation (OFF2 inactive).
Emergency OFF, coast to stop.
Proceed to OFF2 ACTIVE, proceed to
SWITCH-ON INHIBITED.
Continue operation (OFF3 inactive).
Emergency stop, stop within time defined by drive parameter. Proceed to OFF3
ACTIVE; proceed to SWITCH-ON
INHIBITED.
Warning: Ensure that motor and driven machine can be stopped using this stop mode.
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles 173
Bit Name
3 INHIBIT_
OPERATION
4 RAMP_OUT_
ZERO
5 RAMP_HOLD
6 RAMP_IN_
ZERO
7 RESET
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
STATE/Description
Proceed to OPERATION ENABLED.
Note: Run enable signal must be active; see drive documentation. If the drive is set to receive the Run enable signal from the fieldbus, this bit activates the signal.
Inhibit operation. Proceed to OPERATION
INHIBITED.
Normal operation. Proceed to RAMP
FUNCTION GENERATOR: OUTPUT
ENABLED.
Force Ramp Function Generator output to zero. Drive ramps to stop (current and DC voltage limits in force).
Enable ramp function.
Proceed to RAMP FUNCTION
GENERATOR: ACCELERATOR
ENABLED.
Halt ramping (Ramp Function Generator output held).
Normal operation. Proceed to
OPERATION.
Note: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the source for this signal by drive parameters.
0 Force Ramp Function Generator input to zero.
0
–
> 1 Fault reset if an active fault exists. Proceed to SWITCH-ON INHIBITED.
Note: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the source for this signal by drive parameters.
0 Continue normal operation.
8…9 Reserved
174 EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
Bit Name
10 REMOTE_
CMD
11 EXT_CTRL_
LOC
Value
1
0
1
0
STATE/Description
Fieldbus control enabled.
Control word and reference not getting through to the drive, except for CW bits
OFF1, OFF2 and OFF3.
Select External Control Location EXT2.
Effective if control location parameterized to be selected from fieldbus.
Select External Control Location EXT1.
Effective if control location parameterized to be selected from fieldbus.
12…
15
Reserved
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles 175
Status word contents
The table below shows the contents of the Status word for the ABB
Drives communication profile. The upper case boldface text refers to the states shown in the state machine on page
Bit Name
0 RDY_ON
1 RDY_RUN
2 RDY_REF
3 TRIPPED
4 OFF_2_STA
5 OFF_3_STA
6 SWC_ON_
INHIB
7 ALARM
8 AT_
SETPOINT
9 REMOTE
1
0
1
0
1
0
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
STATE/Description
READY TO SWITCH ON
NOT READY TO SWITCH ON
READY TO OPERATE
OFF1 ACTIVE
OPERATION ENABLED
OPERATION INHIBITED
FAULT
No fault
OFF2 inactive
OFF2 ACTIVE
OFF3 inactive
OFF3 ACTIVE
SWITCH-ON INHIBITED
–
Warning/Alarm
No warning/alarm
OPERATION. Actual value equals reference
(= is within tolerance limits, ie, in speed control, speed error is 10% max. of nominal motor speed).
Actual value differs from reference (= is outside tolerance limits).
Drive control location: REMOTE (EXT1 or
EXT2)
Drive control location: LOCAL
176 EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
Bit Name
10 ABOVE_
LIMIT
11 EXT_CTRL_
LOC
12 EXT_RUN_
ENABLE
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
STATE/Description
Actual frequency or speed equals or exceeds supervision limit (set by drive parameter). Valid in both directions of rotation.
Actual frequency or speed within supervision limit
External Control Location EXT2 selected.
Note concerning ACS880: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the target for this signal by drive parameters. User bit 0 selection (06.33)
External Control Location EXT1 selected
External Run Enable signal received.
Note concerning ACS880: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the target for this signal by drive parameters. User bit 1 selection (06.34)
No External Run Enable signal received
13…
14
Reserved
15 FBA_
ERROR
1
0
Communication error detected by fieldbus adapter module
Fieldbus adapter communication OK
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles 177
State machine
The state machine for the ABB Drives communication profile is shown below.
MAINS OFF
Power ON
SWITCH-ON
INHIBITED
(SW Bit6=1)
(CW Bit0=0)
ABB Drives communication profile
A B C D
(CW Bit3=0)
OPERATION
INHIBITED operation inhibited
(SW Bit2=0) from any state
NOT READY TO
SWITCH ON
(CW=xxxx x
(SW Bit0=0)
1xx xxxx x110)
CW = Control word
SW = Status word n = Speed f
I = Input current
RFG = Ramp function generator
= Frequency
READY TO
SWITCH ON
(SW Bit0=1)
(CW=xxxx x
1xx xxxx x111) from any state
Fault
READY TO
OPERATE
(SW Bit1=1)
FAULT
(SW Bit3=1)
OFF1
ACTIVE
OFF1
(CW Bit0=0)
(SW Bit1=0) n(f)=0 / I=0
B C D
(CW Bit3=1 and
SW Bit12=1)
(CW=xxxx x 1xx xxxx 1111 and SW Bit12=1)
(CW Bit7=1) from any state from any state
Emergency stop
OFF3
(CW Bit2=0)
Emergency OFF
OFF2
(CW Bit1=0)
OFF3
ACTIVE (SW Bit5=0)
OFF2
ACTIVE (SW Bit4=0)
(CW Bit4=0) n(f)=0 / I=0
(CW Bit5=0)
(CW Bit6=0)
C D
D
A
OPERATION
ENABLED
(SW Bit2=1)
(CW=xxxx x 1xx xxx1 1111)
RFG: OUTPUT
ENABLED
B
(CW=xxxx x 1xx xx11 1111)
C
RFG: ACCELERATOR
ENABLED
(CW=xxxx x 1xx x111 1111)
OPERATION
(SW Bit8=1)
D state condition rising edge of the bit
178 EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
References
References are 16-bit words containing a sign bit and a 15-bit integer. A negative reference (indicating reversed direction of rotation) is formed by calculating the two’s complement from the corresponding positive reference.
ABB drives can receive control information from multiple sources including analog and digital inputs, the drive control panel and a fieldbus adapter module (for example, FENA). To have the drive controlled through the fieldbus, you must select the module as the source for control information, for example, reference.
Scaling
References are scaled as shown below.
Note: The values of REF1 MAX and REF2 MAX are set with drive parameters. See the drive manuals for further information.
In ACSM1, ACS850, ACQ810, ACS880 and ACS580, the speed reference (REFx) in decimal (0…20000) corresponds to 0…100% of the speed scaling value (as defined with a drive parameter).
In ACS355, drive parameter REFx MIN may limit the actual minimum reference.
Fieldbus Drive
REF2: 10000
REF1: 20000
REFx MAX / Speed scale
0
REFx MIN
-(REFx MIN)
REF2: -10000
REF1: -20000
-(REFx MAX) / Speed scale
EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles 179
Actual values
Actual values are 16-bit words containing information on the operation of the drive. The functions to be monitored are selected with a drive parameter.
Scaling
Actual values are scaled as shown below.
Note: The values of REF1 MAX and REF2 MAX are set with drive parameters. See the drive manuals for further information.
Fieldbus Drive
ACT2: 10000
ACT1: 20000
REFx MAX
0 0
ACT2: -10000
ACT1: -20000
-(REFx MAX)
180 EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 181
12
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Contents of this chapter
This chapter describes the EtherNet/IP communication protocol for the adapter module.
EtherNet/IP
EtherNet/IP is a variant of the Common Industrial Protocol (CIP) family of communication protocols intended for supervision and control of automation equipment. Specifically, it covers the use of
CIP messaging over an IP network, typically using Ethernet as the media.
The FENA adapter module acts as a server on an EtherNet/IP network with support for the ODVA AC/DC drive, ABB Drives and
Transparent profiles.
Two simultaneous EtherNet/IP connections are supported, that is, two clients can be connected to the adapter module at a time.
Further information on the EtherNet/IP protocol is available at www.odva.org
.
182 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Object modeling and functional profiles
One of the main features of EtherNet/IP is object modeling. A group of objects can be described with a Functional Profile. The
FENA adapter module realizes the ODVA AC/DC drive Functional
Profile with additional features.
Assembly objects
I/O assembly instances may also be referred to as Block Transfer of data. Intelligent devices realizing a Functional Profile, such as
FENA, have several objects. Since it is not possible to transmit more than one object data through a single connection, it is practical and more efficient to group attributes from different objects into a single I/O connection using the assembly object. The assembly object acts as a tool for grouping these attributes.
The assembly selections described above are, in fact, instances of the assembly object class. The adapter module uses static assemblies (in other words, fixed groupings of different object data only). The following tables describe the assembly instances supported by the adapter module.
Basic speed control assembly
The Basic speed control assembly is defined by the ODVA AC/DC drive profile. The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 20 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Fault
Reset
1
2
3
Speed Reference (Low Byte)
Speed Reference (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
Run Fwd
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 183
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 70 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Running1
(Fwd)
1
2
3
Speed Actual (Low Byte)
Speed Actual (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
Faulted
Basic speed control plus drive parameters assembly
The Basic speed control plus drive parameters assembly, defined by ABB, adds configurable drive parameters to the Basic speed control assembly of the ODVA AC/DC drive profile.
The format of the output assembly is:
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
Instance 120 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Fault
Reset
1
Speed Reference (Low Byte)
Speed Reference (High Byte)
DATA OUT 1 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 1 Value (High Byte)
DATA OUT 2 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 2 Value (High Byte)
DATA OUT 3 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 3 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA OUT 4 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA OUT 4 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA OUT 5 Value (Low Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
Run
Fwd
184 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Instance 120 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
13
DATA OUT 5 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA OUT 6 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA OUT 6 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA OUT 7 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA OUT 7 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA OUT 8 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA OUT 8 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA OUT 9 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA OUT 9 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA OUT 10 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA OUT 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
The format of the input assembly is:
5
6
7
2
3
4
Instance 170 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Running1
(Fwd)
1
Speed Actual (Low Byte)
Speed Actual (High Byte)
DATA IN 1 Value (Low Byte)
DATA IN 1 Value (High Byte)
DATA IN 2 Value (Low Byte)
DATA IN 2 Value (High Byte)
8
9
DATA IN 3 Value (Low Byte)
DATA IN 3 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA IN 4 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA IN 4 Value (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
Faulted
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 185
Instance 170 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
12
DATA IN 5 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA IN 5 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA IN 6 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA IN 6 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA IN 7 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA IN 7 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA IN 8 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA IN 8 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA IN 9 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA IN 9 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA IN 10 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA IN 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
Extended speed control assembly
The Extended speed control assembly is defined by the ODVA
AC/DC drive profile. The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 21 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6
0
Bit 5
NetRef NetCtrl
Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
Fault
Reset
1
2
Speed Reference (Low Byte)
3
Speed Reference (High Byte)
Bit 1
Run
Rev
Bit 0
Run
Fwd
186 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 71 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0
At
Reference
Ref
From
Net
Ctrl
From
Net
Ready Running2
(Rev)
Warning
1
Drive State.
See section
State (Control supervisor object)
on page
2
Speed Actual (Low Byte)
Running1
(Fwd)
Faulted
3
Speed Actual (High Byte)
Extended speed control plus drive parameters assembly
The Extended speed control plus drive parameters assembly, defined by ABB, adds configurable drive parameters to the
Extended speed control assembly of the ODVA AC/DC drive profile.
The format of the output assembly is:
4
5
2
3
Instance 121 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Net
Ref
Net
Ctrl
Fault
Reset
1
Speed Reference (Low Byte)
Speed Reference (High Byte)
DATA OUT 1 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 1 Value (High Byte)
8
9
6
7
DATA OUT 2 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 2 Value (High Byte)
DATA OUT 3 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 3 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA OUT 4 Value (Low Byte)
Bit 1
Run
Rev
Bit 0
Run
Fwd
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 187
Instance 121 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
11
DATA OUT 4 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA OUT 5 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA OUT 5 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA OUT 6 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA OUT 6 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA OUT 7 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA OUT 7 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA OUT 8 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA OUT 8 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA OUT 9 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA OUT 9 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA OUT 10 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA OUT 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 171 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0
At
Reference
Ref
From
Net
Ctrl
From
Net
Ready Running2
(Rev)
Warning
1
Drive State
See section
State (Control supervisor object)
on page
2
Speed Actual (Low Byte)
Running1
(Fwd)
Faulted
3
Speed Actual (High Byte)
4
DATA IN 1 Value (Low Byte)
5
DATA IN 1 Value (High Byte)
6
DATA IN 2 Value (Low Byte)
7
DATA IN 2 Value (High Byte)
8
DATA IN 3 Value (Low Byte)
188 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Instance 171 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3
9
DATA IN 3 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA IN 4 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA IN 4 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA IN 5 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA IN 5 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA IN 6 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA IN 6 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA IN 7 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA IN 7 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA IN 8 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA IN 8 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA IN 9 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA IN 9 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA IN 10 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA IN 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 189
Basic speed and torque control assembly
The Basic speed and torque control assembly is defined by the
ODVA AC/DC drive profile. The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 22 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Fault
Reset
1
2
Speed Reference (Low Byte)
3
Speed Reference (High Byte)
4
Torque Reference (Low Byte)
5
Torque Reference (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
Run
Fwd
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 72 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Running1
(Fwd)
1
Bit 1 Bit 0
Faulted
2
Speed Actual (Low Byte)
3
Speed Actual (High Byte)
4
Torque Actual (Low Byte)
5
Torque Actual (High Byte)
190 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Basic speed and torque control plus drive parameters assembly
The Basic speed and torque control plus drive parameters assembly, defined by ABB, adds configurable drive parameters to the Basic speed and torque control assembly of the ODVA AC/DC drive profile.
The format of the output assembly is:
5
6
7
2
3
4
Instance 122 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0
Fault
Reset
Run
Fwd
1
Speed Reference (Low Byte)
Speed Reference (High Byte)
Torque Reference (Low Byte)
Torque Reference (High Byte)
DATA OUT 1 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 1 Value (High Byte)
8
9
DATA OUT 2 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 2 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA OUT 3 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA OUT 3 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA OUT 4 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA OUT 4 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA OUT 5 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA OUT 5 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA OUT 6 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA OUT 6 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA OUT 7 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA OUT 7 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA OUT 8 Value (Low Byte)
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 191
Instance 122 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
21
DATA OUT 8 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA OUT 9 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA OUT 9 Value (High Byte)
24
DATA OUT 10 Value (Low Byte)
25
DATA OUT 10 Value (High Byte)
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 172 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Running1
(Fwd)
1
2
Speed Actual (Low Byte)
3
Speed Actual (High Byte)
4
Torque Actual (Low Byte)
5
Torque Actual (High Byte)
6
DATA IN 1 Value (Low Byte)
7
DATA IN 1 Value (High Byte)
8
DATA IN 2 Value (Low Byte)
9
DATA IN 2 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA IN 3 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA IN 3 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA IN 4 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA IN 4 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA IN 5 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA IN 5 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA IN 6 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA IN 6 Value (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
Faulted
192 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Instance 172 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
18
DATA IN 7 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA IN 7 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA IN 8 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA IN 8 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA IN 9 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA IN 9 Value (High Byte)
24
DATA IN 10 Value (Low Byte)
25
DATA IN 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
Extended speed and torque control assembly
The Extended speed and torque control assembly is defined by the
ODVA AC/DC drive profile. The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 23 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Net
Ref
Net
Ctrl
Fault
Reset
1
2
Speed Reference (Low Byte)
3
4
5
Speed Reference (High Byte)
Torque Reference (Low Byte)
Torque Reference (High Byte)
Bit 1
Run
Rev
Bit 0
Run
Fwd
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 193
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 73 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0
At
Reference
Ref
From
Net
Ctrl
From
Net
Ready Running2
(Rev)
Warning
1
Drive State
See section
State (Control supervisor object)
on page
2
Speed Actual (Low Byte)
Running1
(Fwd)
Faulted
3
Speed Actual (High Byte)
4
Torque Actual (Low Byte)
5
Torque Actual (High Byte)
Extended speed and torque control plus drive parameters assembly
The Extended speed and torque control plus drive parameters assembly, defined by ABB, adds configurable drive parameters to the Extended speed and torque control assembly of the ODVA
AC/DC drive profile.
The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 123 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
NetRef NetCtl Fault
Reset
1
2
Speed Reference (Low Byte)
3
Speed Reference (High Byte)
4
Torque Reference (Low Byte)
5
Torque Reference (High Byte)
6
DATA OUT 1 Value (Low Byte)
7
DATA OUT 1 Value (High Byte)
8
DATA OUT 2 Value (Low Byte)
Bit 1
Run
Rev
Bit 0
Run
Fwd
194 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Instance 123 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
9
DATA OUT 2 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA OUT 3 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA OUT 3 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA OUT 4 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA OUT 4 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA OUT 5 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA OUT 5 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA OUT 6 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA OUT 6 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA OUT 7 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA OUT 7 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA OUT 8 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA OUT 8 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA OUT 9 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA OUT 9 Value (High Byte)
24
DATA OUT 10 Value (Low Byte)
25
DATA OUT 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 173 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7
0
At
Reference
Bit 6
Ref
From
Net
Bit 5 Bit 4
Ctrl
From
Net
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1
Ready Running2
(Rev)
Running1
(Fwd)
Warning
1
Drive State
See section
State (Control supervisor object)
on page
Bit 0
Faulted
2
Speed Actual (Low Byte)
3
Speed Actual (High Byte)
4
Torque Actual (Low Byte)
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 195
Instance 173 (ODVA AC/DC profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1
5
Torque Actual (High Byte)
6
DATA IN 1 Value (Low Byte)
7
DATA IN 1 Value (High Byte)
8
DATA IN 2 Value (Low Byte)
9
DATA IN 2 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA IN 3 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA IN 3 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA IN 4 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA IN 4 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA IN 5 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA IN 5 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA IN 6 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA IN 6 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA IN 7 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA IN 7 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA IN 8 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA IN 8 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA IN 9 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA IN 9 Value (High Byte)
24
DATA IN 10 Value (Low Byte)
25
DATA IN 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 0
196 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
ABB Drives profile with set speed assembly
The ABB Drives profile with set speed assembly is defined by
ABB. The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 1 (ABB Drives profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
1
Reset Ramp in
Zero
Ramp
Hold
Ramp
Out
Zero
Inhibit
Operation
Ext
Ctrl
Loc
Off 3
Control
Remote
Cmd
2
Set Speed (Low Byte)
3
Set Speed (High Byte)
Bit 1
Off 2
Control
Bit 0
Off 1
Control
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 51 (ABB Drives profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
0
Alarm Swc
On
Inhib
1
Fieldbus
Error
Off 3
Sta
2
Actual Speed (Low Byte)
Off 2
Sta
Ext
Run
Enable
3
Actual Speed (High Byte)
Bit 3 Bit 2
Tripped Rdy
Ref
Ext Ctrl
Loc
Above
Limit
Bit 1 Bit 0
Rdy
Run
Rdy
On
Remote
At Setpoint
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 197
ABB Drives profile with set speed plus drive parameters assembly
The ABB Drives profile with set speed plus drive parameters assembly, defined by ABB, adds configurable drive parameters to the ABB Drives profile with set speed of the ABB Drives profile.
The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 101 (ABB Drives profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Reset Ramp in
Zero
Ramp
Hold
Ramp
Out
Zero
Inhibit
Operation
Off 3
Control
1
Ext
Ctrl
Loc
Remote
Cmd
Bit 1
Off 2
Control
5
6
7
8
9
2
3
4
Set Speed (Low Byte)
Set Speed (High Byte)
DATA OUT 1 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 1 Value (High Byte)
DATA OUT 2 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 2 Value (High Byte)
DATA OUT 3 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 3 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA OUT 4 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA OUT 4 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA OUT 5 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA OUT 5 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA OUT 6 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA OUT 6 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA OUT 7 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA OUT 7 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA OUT 8 Value (Low Byte)
Bit 0
Off 1
Control
198 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Instance 101 (ABB Drives profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
19
DATA OUT 8 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA OUT 9 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA OUT 9 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA OUT 10 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA OUT 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
The format of the input assembly is:
6
7
8
4
5
Instance 151 (ABB Drives profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
0
1
2
3
Alarm Swc
On
Inhib
Fieldbus
Error
Off 3
Sta
Off 2
Sta
Actual Speed (Low Byte)
Actual Speed (High Byte)
Ext
Run
Enable
DATA IN 1 Value (Low Byte)
DATA IN 1 Value (High Byte)
DATA IN 2 Value (Low Byte)
DATA IN 2 Value (High Byte)
DATA IN 3 Value (Low Byte)
9
DATA IN 3 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA IN 4 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA IN 4 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA IN 5 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA IN 5 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA IN 6 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA IN 6 Value (High Byte)
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1
Tripped Rdy
Ref
Rdy
Run
Ext Ctrl
Loc
Bit 0
Rdy
On
Above
Limit
Remote At
Setpoint
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 199
Instance 151 (ABB Drives profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
16
DATA IN 7 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA IN 7 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA IN 8 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA IN 8 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA IN 9 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA IN 9 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA IN 10 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA IN 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
ABB Drives profile with set speed and set torque assembly
The ABB Drives profile with set speed and set torque assembly is defined by ABB. The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 2 (ABB Drives profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
1
Reset Ramp in
Zero
Ramp
Hold
Ramp
Out
Zero
Inhibit
Operation
Ext
Ctrl
Loc
Off 3
Control
Remote
Cmd
2
Set Speed (Low Byte)
3
Set Speed (High Byte)
4
Set Torque (Low Byte)
5
Set Torque (High Byte)
Bit 1
Off 2
Control
Bit 0
Off 1
Control
200 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 52 (ABB Drives profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
0
Alarm Swc
On
Inhib
1
Fieldbus
Error
Off 3
Sta
Off 2
Sta
2
Actual Speed (Low Byte)
3
Actual Speed (High Byte)
Ext
Run
Enable
4
Actual Torque (Low Byte)
5
Actual Torque (High Byte)
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1
Tripped Rdy
Ref
Rdy
Run
Ext Ctrl
Loc
Bit 0
Rdy
On
Above
Limit
Remote At
Setpoint
ABB Drives profile with set speed and set torque plus drive parameters assembly
The ABB Drives profile with set speed and set torque plus drive parameters assembly, defined by ABB, adds configurable drive parameters to the ABB Drives profile with set speed and set torque of the ABB Drives profile.
The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 102 (ABB Drives profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
0
1
Reset Ramp in
Zero
Ramp
Hold
Ramp
Out
Zero
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Inhibit
Operation
Off 3
Control
Off 2
Control
Off 1
Control
Ext
Ctrl
Loc
Remote
Cmd
2
Set Speed (Low Byte)
3
Set Speed (High Byte)
4
Set Torque (Low Byte)
5
Set Torque (High Byte)
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 201
Instance 102 (ABB Drives profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
6
DATA OUT 1 Value (Low Byte)
7
DATA OUT 1 Value (High Byte)
8
DATA OUT 2 Value (Low Byte)
9
DATA OUT 2 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA OUT 3 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA OUT 3 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA OUT 4 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA OUT 4 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA OUT 5 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA OUT 5 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA OUT 6 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA OUT 6 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA OUT 7 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA OUT 7 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA OUT 8 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA OUT 8 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA OUT 9 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA OUT 9 Value (High Byte)
24
DATA OUT 10 Value (Low Byte)
25
DATA OUT 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
202 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 152 (ABB Drives profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
0
Alarm Swc
On
Inhib
1
Fieldbus
Error
Off 3
Sta
Off 2
Sta
2
Actual Speed (Low Byte)
3
Actual Speed (High Byte)
Ext
Run
Enable
4
Actual Torque (Low Byte)
5
Actual Torque (High Byte)
6
DATA IN 1 Value (Low Byte)
7
DATA IN 1 Value (High Byte)
8
DATA IN 2 Value (Low Byte)
9
DATA IN 2 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA IN 3 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA IN 3 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA IN 4 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA IN 4 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA IN 5 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA IN 5 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA IN 6 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA IN 6 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA IN 7 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA IN 7 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA IN 8 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA IN 8 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA IN 9 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA IN 9 Value (High Byte)
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1
Tripped Rdy
Ref
Rdy
Run
Ext Ctrl
Loc
Bit 0
Rdy
On
Above
Limit
Remote At
Setpoint
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 203
Instance 152 (ABB Drives profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
24
DATA IN 10 Value (Low Byte)
25
DATA IN 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Transparent 16 with one assembly
The Transparent 16 with one assembly, defined by ABB, provides unaltered 16-bit access to the configured drive profile.
The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 11 (Transparent 16 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Drive Profile 16-bit Control Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 16-bit Control Word (High Byte)
2
Drive Profile 16-bit Reference 1 Word (Low Byte)
3
Drive Profile 16-bit Reference 1 Word (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 61 (Transparent 16 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Drive Profile 16-bit Status Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 16-bit Status Word (High Byte)
2
Drive Profile 16-bit Actual 1 Word (Low Byte)
3
Drive Profile 16-bit Actual 1 Word (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
204 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Transparent 16 with one assembly plus drive parameters
The Transparent 16 with one assembly plus drive parameters, defined by ABB, adds configurable drive parameters to the
Transparent 16 with one assembly.
The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 111 (Transparent 16 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Drive Profile 16-bit Control Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 16-bit Control Word (High Byte)
2
3
Drive Profile 16-bit Reference 1 Word (Low Byte)
Drive Profile 16-bit Reference 1 Word (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
7
8
9
4
5
6
DATA OUT 1 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 1 Value (High Byte)
DATA OUT 2 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 2 Value (High Byte)
DATA OUT 3 Value (Low Byte)
DATA OUT 3 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA OUT 4 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA OUT 4 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA OUT 5 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA OUT 5 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA OUT 6 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA OUT 6 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA OUT 7 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA OUT 7 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA OUT 8 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA OUT 8 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA OUT 9 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA OUT 9 Value (High Byte)
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 205
Instance 111 (Transparent 16 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
22
DATA OUT 10 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA OUT 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
The format of the input assembly is:
6
7
8
3
4
5
Instance 161 (Transparent 16 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Drive Profile 16-bit Status Word (Low Byte)
1
2
Drive Profile 16-bit Status Word (High Byte)
Drive Profile 16-bit Actual 1 Word (Low Byte)
Drive Profile 16-bit Actual 1 Word (High Byte)
DATA IN 1 Value (Low Byte)
DATA IN 1 Value (High Byte)
DATA IN 2 Value (Low Byte)
DATA IN 2 Value (High Byte)
DATA IN 3 Value (Low Byte)
9
DATA IN 3 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA IN 4 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA IN 4 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA IN 5 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA IN 5 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA IN 6 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA IN 6 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA IN 7 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA IN 7 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA IN 8 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA IN 8 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA IN 9 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA IN 9 Value (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
206 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Instance 161 (Transparent 16 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
22
DATA IN 10 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA IN 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
Transparent 16 with two assembly
The Transparent 16 with two assembly, defined by ABB, provides unaltered 16-bit access to the configured drive profile.
The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 12 (Transparent 16 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Drive Profile 16-bit Control Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 16-bit Control Word (High Byte)
2
Drive Profile 16-bit Reference 1 Word (Low Byte)
3
Drive Profile 16-bit Reference 1 Word (High Byte)
4
Drive Profile16-bit Reference 2 Word (Low Byte)
5
Drive Profile 16-bit Reference 2 Word (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 62 (Transparent 16 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Drive Profile 16-bit Status Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 16-bit Status Word (High Byte)
2
Drive Profile 16-bit Actual 1 Word (Low Byte)
3
Drive Profile 16-bit Actual 1 Word (High Byte)
4
Drive Profile16-bit Actual 2 Word (Low Byte)
5
Drive Profile 16-bit Actual 2 Word (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 207
Transparent 16 with two assembly plus drive parameters
The Transparent 16 with two assembly plus drive parameters, defined by ABB, adds configurable drive parameters to the
Transparent 16 with two assembly.
The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 112 (Transparent 16 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0
Drive Profile 16-bit Control Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 16-bit Control Word (High Byte)
2
Drive Profile 16-bit Reference 1 Word (Low Byte)
3
Drive Profile 16-bit Reference 1 Word (High Byte)
4
Drive Profile 16-bit Reference 2 Word (Low Byte)
5
Drive Profile 16-bit Reference 2 Word (High Byte)
6
DATA OUT 1 Value (Low Byte)
7
DATA OUT 1 Value (High Byte)
8
DATA OUT 2 Value (Low Byte)
9
DATA OUT 2 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA OUT 3 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA OUT 3 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA OUT 4 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA OUT 4 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA OUT 5 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA OUT 5 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA OUT 6 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA OUT 6 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA OUT 7 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA OUT 7 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA OUT 8 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA OUT 8 Value (High Byte)
208 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Instance 112 (Transparent 16 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
22
DATA OUT 9 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA OUT 9 Value (High Byte)
24
DATA OUT 10 Value (Low Byte)
25
DATA OUT 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 162 (Transparent 16 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0
Drive Profile 16-bit Status Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 16-bit Status Word (High Byte)
2
Drive Profile 16-bit Actual 1 Word (Low Byte)
3
Drive Profile 16-bit Actual 1 Word (High Byte)
4
Drive Profile 16-bit Actual 2 Word (Low Byte)
5
Drive Profile 16-bit Actual 2 Word (High Byte)
6
DATA IN 1 Value (Low Byte)
7
DATA IN 1 Value (High Byte)
8
DATA IN 2 Value (Low Byte)
9
DATA IN 2 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA IN 3 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA IN 3 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA IN 4 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA IN 4 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA IN 5 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA IN 5 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA IN 6 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA IN 6 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA IN 7 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA IN 7 Value (High Byte)
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 209
Instance 162 (Transparent 16 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
20
DATA IN 8 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA IN 8 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA IN 9 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA IN 9 Value (High Byte)
24
DATA IN 10 Value (Low Byte)
25
DATA IN 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Transparent 32 with one assembly
The Transparent 32 with one assembly, defined by ABB, provides unaltered 32-bit access to the configured drive profile.
The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 21 (Transparent 32 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word
2
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word
3
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word (High Byte)
4
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word (Low Byte)
5
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word
6
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word
7
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
210 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 71 (Transparent 32 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word
2
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word
3
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word (High Byte)
4
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word (Low Byte)
5
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word
6
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word
7
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
Transparent 32 with one assembly plus drive parameters
The Transparent 32 with one assembly plus drive parameters, defined by ABB, adds configurable drive parameters to the
Transparent 32 with one assembly.
The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 121 (Transparent 32 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word
2
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word
3
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word (High Byte)
4
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word (Low Byte)
5
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word
6
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word
7
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word (High Byte)
8
DATA OUT 1 Value (Low Byte)
9
DATA OUT 1 Value (High Byte)
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 211
Instance 121 (Transparent 32 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
10
DATA OUT 2 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA OUT 2 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA OUT 3 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA OUT 3 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA OUT 4 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA OUT 4 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA OUT 5 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA OUT 5 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA OUT 6 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA OUT 6 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA OUT 7 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA OUT 7 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA OUT 8 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA OUT 8 Value (High Byte)
24
DATA OUT 9 Value (Low Byte)
25
DATA OUT 9 Value (High Byte)
26
DATA OUT 10 Value (Low Byte)
27
DATA OUT 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 171 (Transparent 32 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word
2
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word
3
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word (High Byte)
4
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word (Low Byte)
5
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word (High Byte)
212 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Instance 171 (Transparent 32 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
6
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
7
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word (High Byte)
8
DATA IN 1 Value (Low Byte)
9
DATA IN 1 Value (High Byte)
10
DATA IN 2 Value (Low Byte)
11
DATA IN 2 Value (High Byte)
12
DATA IN 3 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA IN 3 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA IN 4 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA IN 4 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA IN 5 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA IN 5 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA IN 6 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA IN 6 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA IN 7 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA IN 7 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA IN 8 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA IN 8 Value (High Byte)
24
DATA IN 9 Value (Low Byte)
25
DATA IN 9 Value (High Byte)
26
DATA IN 10 Value (Low Byte)
27
DATA IN 10 Value (High Byte)
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 213
Transparent 32 with two assembly
The Transparent 32 with two assembly, defined by ABB, provides unaltered 32-bit access to the configured drive profile.
The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 22 (Transparent 32 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word
2
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word
3
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word (High Byte)
4
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word (Low Byte)
5
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word
6
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word
7
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word (High Byte)
8
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 2 Word (Low Byte)
9
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 2 Word
10
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 2 Word
11
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 2 Word (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 72 (Transparent 32 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
0
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word
2
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word
3
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word (High Byte)
4
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word (Low Byte)
5
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word
6
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word
7
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word (High Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
214 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Instance 72 (Transparent 32 profile)
8
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 2 Word (Low Byte)
9
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 2 Word
10
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 2 Word
11
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 2 Word (High Byte)
Transparent 32 with two assembly plus drive parameters
The Transparent 32 with two assembly plus drive parameters, defined by ABB, adds configurable drive parameters to the
Transparent 32 with two assembly.
The format of the output assembly is:
Instance 122 (Transparent 32 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word
2
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word
3
Drive Profile 32-bit Control Word (High Byte)
4
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word (Low Byte)
5
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word
6
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word
7
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 1 Word (High Byte)
8
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 2 Word (Low Byte)
9
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 2 Word
10
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 2 Word
11
Drive Profile 32-bit Reference 2 Word (High Byte)
12
DATA OUT 1 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA OUT 1 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA OUT 2 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA OUT 2 Value (High Byte)
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 215
Instance 122 (Transparent 32 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4
16
DATA OUT 3 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA OUT 3 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA OUT 4 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA OUT 4 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA OUT 5 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA OUT 5 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA OUT 6 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA OUT 6 Value (High Byte)
24
DATA OUT 7 Value (Low Byte)
25
DATA OUT 7 Value (High Byte)
26
DATA OUT 8 Value (Low Byte)
27
DATA OUT 8 Value (High Byte)
28
DATA OUT 9 Value (Low Byte)
29
DATA OUT 9 Value (High Byte)
30
DATA OUT 10 Value (Low Byte)
31
DATA OUT 10 Value (High Byte)
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
The format of the input assembly is:
Instance 172 (Transparent 32 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word (Low Byte)
1
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word
2
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word
3
Drive Profile 32-bit Status Word (High Byte)
4
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word (Low Byte)
5
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word
6
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word
7
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 1 Word (High Byte)
216 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Instance 172 (Transparent 32 profile)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2
8
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 2 Word (Low Byte)
Bit 1 Bit 0
9
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 2 Word
10
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 2 Word
11
Drive Profile 32-bit Actual 2 Word (High Byte)
12
DATA IN 1 Value (Low Byte)
13
DATA IN 1 Value (High Byte)
14
DATA IN 2 Value (Low Byte)
15
DATA IN 2 Value (High Byte)
16
DATA IN 3 Value (Low Byte)
17
DATA IN 3 Value (High Byte)
18
DATA IN 4 Value (Low Byte)
19
DATA IN 4 Value (High Byte)
20
DATA IN 5 Value (Low Byte)
21
DATA IN 5 Value (High Byte)
22
DATA IN 6 Value (Low Byte)
23
DATA IN 6 Value (High Byte)
24
DATA IN 7 Value (Low Byte)
25
DATA IN 7 Value (High Byte)
26
DATA IN 8 Value (Low Byte)
27
DATA IN 8 Value (High Byte)
28
DATA IN 9 Value (Low Byte)
29
DATA IN 9 Value (High Byte)
30
DATA IN 10 Value (Low Byte)
31
DATA IN 10 Value (High Byte)
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 217
Class objects
The following table lists the data types used in the class object descriptions of this manual.
Legend
UINT8
UINT16
SINT16
UINT32
BOOL
Data type
Unsigned Integer 8 bit
Unsigned Integer 16 bit
Signed Integer 16 bit
Unsigned Integer 32 bit
Boolean value
Note: The adapter module is designed to provide EtherNet/IP communications for a variety of drives with different capabilities.
Default, minimum and maximum values for attributes necessarily vary based upon the capabilities of the drive to which the module is attached and are not documented herein. Default, minimum and maximum values for attributes may be found in the:
• drive manuals
•
Electronic Data Sheet Files (EDS) for the drive.
Note that the units of the attributes may differ from those of the parameters documented elsewhere, and those differences must be considered when interfacing to the drive via the module.
The table below shows the service names of the class objects.
Service
GET
SET
SET ALL
GET ALL
Name
0x0E Get_Attribute_Single
0x10 Set_Attribute_Single
0x02 Set_Attribute_All
0x01 Get_Attribute_All
218 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Identity object, class 01h
This object provides identification of and general information about the device.
Class attributes (Instance
#0)
# Attribute name
Services
1 Revision Get
Description Data type
Revision of the identity object Array of
UINT8
Instance attributes (Instance
#1)
# Attribute name
Services
1 Vendor ID Get
Description
2
3
Device
Type
Product
Code
Get
Get
Identification of the device vendor
Identification of the general product type
Assigned vendor code to describe the device
4 Revision Get
5
6
Status
ODVA
Serial
Number
7 Product
Name
Get
Get
Get
Revision of the item the identity object represents
Summary status of the device
Serial number of the
EtherNet/IP module
Product identification. Max 32 characters.
Data type
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
Array[UINT8
UINT8]
UINT16
UINT32
Short String
Attribute explanations
Vendor ID
Vendor IDs are managed by the Open DeviceNet Vendor
Association, Inc. (ODVA). The ABB Vendor ID is 46.
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 219
Device Type
The list of device types is managed by ODVA. It is used to identify the device profile that a particular product is using.
Drive Type
AC
DC
Profile
ODVA AC/DC Drive
ABB Drives Profile
Transparent 16
Transparent 32
ODVA AC/DC Drive
ABB Drives Profile
Transparent 16
Transparent 32
Device Type
ODVA AC Drive
ABB AC Drive
ABB AC Drive
ABB AC Drive
ODVA DC Drive
ABB DC Drive
ABB DC Drive
ABB DC Drive
Value
02h
64h
64h
64h
13h
65h
65h
65h
Product Code
Every ABB drive type or application of the drive has a dedicated product code. The product code is 100 + the value of parameter
.
Revision
Revision attribute, which consists of Major and Minor Revisions, identifies the revision of the item the identity object represents.
Status
This attribute represents the current status of the entire device. Its value changes as the state of the device changes. The Status attribute is a WORD, with the following bit definitions:
Bit(s)
0
Type/Name
Owned
1
Definition
TRUE indicates the device (or an object within the device) has an owner. Within the
Master/Slave paradigm the setting of this bit means that the Predefined Master/Slave
Connection Set has been allocated to a master. Outside the Master/Slave paradigm the meaning of this bit is to be defined.
Reserved, set to 0
220 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Bit(s)
2
Type/Name
Configured
Definition
TRUE indicates that the application of the device has been configured to do something that differs from the “out–of–box” default. This does not include configuration of the communications.
4, 5, 6, 7
8
9
10
Minor
Recoverable
Fault
Minor
Unrecoverable
Fault
Major
Recoverable
Fault
11 Major
Unrecoverable
Fault
12, 13,
14, 15
Vendor-specific
TRUE indicates the device detected a recoverable problem. The problem does not cause the device fault state.
TRUE indicates the device detected a unrecoverable problem. The problem does not cause the device fault state.
TRUE indicates the device detected a problem which caused the device to transfer into the “Major Recoverable Fault” state.
TRUE indicates the device detected a problem which caused the device to transfer into the “Major Unrecoverable Fault” state.
Reserved, set to 0
ODVA Serial Number
This attribute is a number used in conjunction with the Vendor ID to form a unique identifier for each device on EtherNet/IP. The value of this attribute is 02000000h plus the SERNO value from the device label.
Product Name
This text string should represent a short description of the product/product family represented by the product code in attribute
3.
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 221
Motor data object, class 28h
The Motor data object can only be used if the ODVA AC/DC drive profile is in use.
The object serves as a database for motor parameters. Different motor types require different data to describe the motor. For example, AC induction motors do not need field current data like a
DC motor to describe the motor.
Motor class
AC motors
DC motors
Motor types in class
3 - PM synchronous
6 - Wound rotor induction
7 - Squirrel cage induction motor
1 - PM DC motor
2 - FC DC motor
Class attributes (Instance
#0)
# Attribute name
Services
1 Revision Get
Description
Revision of the CIP Object
Class Definition upon which the implementation is based
Data type
Array of
UINT8
Instance attributes (Instance
#1)
# Attribute name
3 Motor
Type
6 Rated
Current
Services Description
Get
Get, Set
See the table above.
7 Rated
Voltage
8 Rated
Power
Get, Set
Get, Set
Motor type
AC
Data type
UINT16
Rated Stator Current from motor name plate
Units: [100mA]
Rated Base Voltage from motor name plate
Units: [V]
Rated Power at Rated
Frequency
Units: [W]
AC/DC UINT16
AC/DC UINT16
AC/DC UINT32
222 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
# Attribute name
9 Rated
Frequency
12 Pole
15
Count
Base
Speed
Services Description
Get, Set
Get
Get, Set
Rated Electrical
Frequency
Units: [Hz]
Number of poles in the motor
Nominal speed at rated frequency from nameplate
Units [RPM]
Motor type
AC
AC
Data type
UINT16
UINT16
AC/DC UINT16
Control supervisor object, class 29h
The Control supervisor object can only be used if the ODVA
AC/DC drive profile is in use.
The object models all the management functions for devices within the ‘Hierarchy of Motor Control Devices’. The behavior of motor control devices is described by:
•
) and
•
).
See also section
State (Control supervisor object)
on page
Note: If assembly instances are used, they override this object, for example, upon drive power-up.
Class attributes (Instance
#0)
# Attribute name
Services
1 Revision Get
Description
Revision of the CIP Object
Class Definition upon which the implementation is based
Data type
Array of
UINT8
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 223
Instance attributes (Instance
#1)
# Attribute name
3 Run 1
4 Run 2
5 Net Control
6 State
7 Running 1
8 Running 2
9 Ready
10 Faulted
11 Warning
12 FaultRst
13 Fault Code
Services Description
Get, Set 0 = Stop, 1 = Run.
See the Run/Stop event matrix
Get, Set 0 = Stop, 1 = Run.
See the Run/Stop event matrix on page
Get, Set 0 = Local Control, 1 = Network
Control
Get
Get
State of Object.
State (Control supervisor object)
on page
.
0 = Stopped, 1 = Running
Get
Get
Get
0 = Stopped, 1 = Running
1 = Ready, Enabled or
Stopping; 0 = Other state
0 = Not faulted, 1 = Fault occurred
Get 0 = No Warnings present, 1 =
Warning
Get, Set 0
→ 1 Fault Reset
Get The fault that caused the last transition to the Faulted state.
DRIVECOMM codes are reported. See the drive manual for further information on DRIVECOMM codes.
Data type
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
UINT8
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
BOOL
UINT16
224 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
#
14
15
16
Attribute name
Warning
Code
CtlFromNet
Services
Get
Get
DNFaultMode Get, Set
17 ForceFault Get, Set
Description Data type
UINT16 Code word indicating the warning present. If multiple warnings are present, the lowest code value is displayed. DRIVECOMM codes are reported. See the drive manual for further information on DRIVECOMM codes.
0 = NetControl disabled
1 = NetControl enabled
BOOL
2 = Vendor specified UINT8
0 → 1 forces the drive to fault BOOL
AC/DC-drive object, class 2Ah
The AC/DC-drive object can only be used if the ODVA AC/DC drive profile is in use.
The object models the functions specific to an AC or DC Drive.
Class attributes (Instance
#0)
# Attribute name
1 Revision
Services Description
Get Revision of the CIP Object
Class Definition upon which the implementation is based
Data type
Array of
UINT8
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 225
Instance attributes (Instance
#1)
# Attribute name
Services
3 At Reference Get
Description
Frequency arrival
4 NetRef
6 Drive mode
Get, Set Requests torque or speed reference to be local or from the network.
0 = Set Reference not DN
Control
1 = Set Reference at DN
Control
Note that the actual status of torque or speed reference is reflected in attribute 29,
RefFromNet.
Get, Set 0 = Vendor specific
7
8
Speed Actual
SpeedRef
Get Units = See parameter
Get, Set Units = See parameter
11 Torque Actual Get Units = See parameter
12 TorqueRef
18 AccelTime
19 DecelTime
Get, Set Units = See parameter
Get, Set Units = milliseconds
Get, Set Units = milliseconds
22 Speed Scale Get, Set Speed scaling factor. See parameter
24 Torque Scale Get, Set Torque scaling factor. See
29 Ref From Net Get Reflecting attribute 4
Data type
BOOL
BOOL
UINT8
SINT16
SINT16
SINT16
SINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT8
UINT8
BOOL
226 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Drive parameter object, class 90h
With the FENA adapter module, drive parameters can also be accessed via Explicit Messaging. Explicit Messaging makes use of objects consisting of three parts: class, instance and attribute.
Note: When you use the drive parameter object to update the fieldbus configuration groups, changes to the fieldbus configuration will only take effect when the module is powered up the next time or when a ‘Fieldbus Adapter parameter refresh’ is given.
Class is always 144 (90h). Instance and attribute correspond to the drive parameter group and index in the following way:
•
Instance
= Parameter group (0…99)
•
Attribute
= Parameter index (01…99)
For example, Parameter 99.01 is accessed as follows:
•
Class
= 144 = 90h
•
Instance
= 99 = 63h
•
Attribute
= 1 = 01h
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 227
Fieldbus configuration object, class 91h
The fieldbus configuration object allows you to configure the fieldbus configuration groups without the need to know the drivespecific groups associated with the configuration groups.
Note: When you use the fieldbus configuration object to update the fieldbus configuration groups, changes to the fieldbus configuration will only take effect when a reset service is requested of the
Identity Object, the module is powered up the next time or when a
‘Fieldbus Adapter parameter refresh’ is given.
Class attributes
# Attribute name
Services
1 Revision Get
Description
Revision of the Configuration
Object
Data type
Array of
UINT8
Instance #1: FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters group A (group 1)
The actual parameter group number depends on the drive type.
Group A (group 1) corresponds to:
• parameter group 51 in ACS355, ACSM1, ACS850 and
ACQ810
• parameter group 51 in ACS880 and ACS580 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter A or group 54 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter B.
# Attribute name Services Description
Get, Set
on page
.
Data type
UINT16 1 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 1
2 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 2
3 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 3
Get, Set
on page
.
Get, Set
on page
UINT16
UINT16
228 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
# Attribute name
4 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 4
5 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 5
6 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 6
7 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 7
8 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 8
9 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 9
10 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 10
11 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 11
12 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 12
13 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 13
14 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 14
15 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 15
Services Description
Get, Set See
on page
Get, Set See
…
Get, Set See
…
UINT16
Get, Set
Get, Set
Get, Set
Get, Set See
.
Get, Set See
.
Get, Set See
.
Get, Set See
.
Get, Set See
.
Get, Set
See
…
See
…
See
See
.
.
Data type
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 229
# Attribute name Services Description
Get, Set
on page
Data type
UINT16 16 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 16
17 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 17
18 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 18
19 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 19
20 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 20
21 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 21
22 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 22
23 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 23
24 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 24
25 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 25
26 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 26
27 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 27
Get, Set
Get, Set
Get, Set
Get, Set
Get, Set
on page
Get, Set
on page
Get, Set
on page
.
Get, Set
on
Get, Set
on page
on page
page
.
on page
page
on page
.
on page
Get, Set
.
Get, Set
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
230 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
# Attribute name
28 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 28
29 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 29
30 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 30
31 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 31
32 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 32
33 Configuration Group
A (Group 1) -
Parameter 33
Services Description
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
See
See
See
See
Data type
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 231
Instance #2: FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters group B (group 2)
The actual parameter group number depends on the drive type.
Group B (group 2) corresponds to:
• parameter group 55 in ACS355
• parameter group 53 in ACSM1, ACS850 and ACQ810
• parameter group 53 in ACS880 and ACS580 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter A or group 56 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter B.
# Attribute name Services Description Data type
UINT16 1 Configuration Group B
(Group 2) - Parameter 1
2 Configuration Group B
(Group 2) - Parameter 2
3 Configuration Group B
(Group 2) - Parameter 3
4 Configuration Group B
(Group 2) - Parameter 4
5 Configuration Group B
(Group 2) - Parameter 5
6 Configuration Group B
(Group 2) - Parameter 6
7 Configuration Group B
(Group 2) - Parameter 7
8 Configuration Group B
(Group 2) - Parameter 8
9 Configuration Group B
(Group 2) - Parameter 9
10 Configuration Group B
(Group 2) - Parameter
10
Get, Set
on page
Get, Set
on page
Get, Set
on page
Get, Set
on page
Get, Set
on page
Get, Set
on page
Get, Set
on page
Get, Set
on page
Get, Set
on page
Get, Set
on page
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
232 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Instance #3: FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters group C (group 3)
The actual parameter group number depends on the drive type.
Group C (group 3) corresponds to:
• parameter group 54 in ACS355
• parameter group 52 in ACSM1, ACS850 and ACQ810
• parameter group 52 in ACS880 and ACS580 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter A or group 55 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter B.
# Attribute name Services Description
Get, Set
Data type
UINT16 1 Configuration Group C
(Group 3) - Parameter 1
2 Configuration Group C
(Group 3) - Parameter 2
3 Configuration Group C
(Group 3) - Parameter 3
4 Configuration Group C
(Group 3) - Parameter 4
5 Configuration Group C
(Group 3) - Parameter 5
6 Configuration Group C
(Group 3) - Parameter 6
7 Configuration Group C
(Group 3) - Parameter 7
8 Configuration Group C
(Group 3) - Parameter 8
9 Configuration Group C
(Group 3) - Parameter 9
10 Configuration Group C
(Group 3) - Parameter
10
Get, Set
Get, Set
Get, Set
Get, Set
Get, Set
Get, Set
Get, Set
Get, Set
Get, Set
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
UINT16
TCP/IP interface object, class F5h
This object provides the mechanism to configure the TCP/IP network interface of the device.
Class attributes (Instance
#0)
# Attribute name Services Description
1 Revision Get
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 233
Revision of the TCP/IP
Interface Object Class
Definition upon which the implementation is based
Data type
Array of
UINT8
Instance attributes (Instance
#1)
#
1
2
3
4
Attribute name Services
Interface Status
Configuration
Capability
Configuration
Control
Physical Link
Object
Path Size
Path
Get
Get
Get
Get
Description Data type
DWORD See
Interface Status attribute (#1) bits
on page
234
.
Capability attribute (#2) bits
DWORD
Configuration Control attribute (#3) bits
on page
.
DWORD
Path to physical link object STRUCT of:
Path size UINT
Logical segments identifying the physical link object
Padded
EPATH
234 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
# Attribute name Services Description
5 Interface
Configuration
IP Address
Network Mask
Gateway
Address
Unused
Unused
Default Domain
Name
6 Host Name
Get
Get
IP Address
Network Mask
Gateway Address
Data type
STRUCT of:
UDINT
UDINT
UDINT
UDINT
UDINT
STRING Default Domain Name for unqualified host names.
Host name STRING
Attribute explanations
Interface Status attribute (#1) bits
Bit Name
0…3 Interface configuration status
Description
Indicates the status of the Interface Configuration attribute.
Value Description
0 The Interface Configuration attribute has not been configured.
1
2
The Interface Configuration attribute contains valid configuration obtained from BOOTP, DHCP or non-volatile storage.
The IP address member of the Interface
Configuration attribute contains valid configuration obtained from hardware settings (eg, pushwheel, thumbwheel).
3…15 Reserved
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 235
Bit
4
5…31
Name Description
Mcast pending Indicates a pending configuration change in the
TTL Value and/or Mcast Config attributes.
This bit is set when either the TTL Value or Mcast
Config attribute is set, and cleared the next time the device starts.
Reserved, set to 0
Configuration Capability attribute (#2) bits
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6…31
Name Description
BOOTP client 1 (True) = The device is capable of obtaining its network configuration via BOOTP.
DNS client
DHCP client
1 (True) = The device is capable of resolving host names by querying a DNS server.
1 (True) = The device is capable of obtaining its network configuration via DHCP.
DCHP-DNS update
Configuration settable
Hardware configurable
1 (True) = The device is capable of sending its host name in the DHCP request as documented in Internet draft <draft-ietf-dhc-dhcp-dnc-12.txt>
1 (True) = The Interface Configuration attribute is settable. Some devices, eg, a PC or workstation, may not allow interface configuration to be set via the TCP/IP interface object.
1 (True) = The IP address member of the
Interface Configuration attribute can be obtained from hardware settings (eg, pushwheel, thumbwheel).
0 (False) = The Status instance attribute (1)
Interface configuration status field value shall never be 2. (The Interface configuration attribute contains valid configuration obtained from hardware settings.)
Reserved, set to 0
236 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Configuration Control attribute (#3) bits
Bit
4
5…31
Name
0…3 Start-up configuration
Description
Determines how the device obtains its initial configuration and start-up.
Value Description
0 The device uses the interface configuration values previously stored (eg, in non-volatile memory or via hardware switches).
1
2
The device obtains its interface configuration values via BOOTP.
The device obtains its interface configuration values via DHCP upon startup.
3…15 Reserved
DNS enable 1 (True) = The device resolves host names by querying a DNS server.
Reserved, set to 0.
Ethernet link object, class F6h
This object maintains link-specific counters and status information for the Ethernet communication interface.
Class attributes (Instance
#0)
# Attribute name
Services
1 Revision Get
Description
Revision of the Ethernet Link
Object Class Definition upon which the implementation is based
Data type
Array of
UINT8
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 237
Instance attributes (Instance
#1)
# Attribute name
1 Interface
Speed
2 Interface
Flags
Services Description
Get, Set
Get, Set
10 or 100 Mbps
3 Physical
Address
Get
Interface status flags:
Bit Description
0
1
2…4
Link status
Half/Full duplex
Negotiation status
5 Manual setting requires reset
6 Local hardware fault
7…31 Reserved
Ethernet MAC address of the module
Data type
UDINT
DWORD
ARRAY
6XUSINT
Connection object, class 05h
Do not modify this object. This object is only used while establishing the connection between the adapter module and the
PLC.
The connection class allocates and manages the internal resources associated with both I/O and explicit messaging connections. The specific instance generated by the connection class is referred to as connection instance or connection object.
The table below shows the connection object states.
State Description
00 Non-Existent
01 Configuring
02 Waiting for Connection
ID
State Description
03 Established
04 Timed Out
05 Deferred Delete
238 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Class attributes
# Attribute name
Services
1 Revision Get
Description
Revision of the connection object
Instance attributes
Instance number
1
2
4
Description
Explicit messaging connection
Polled I/O connection
Change-of-State/Cyclic I/O connection
Data type
Array of
UINT8
#
1
2 Instance
Type
3 Transport
Class
Trigger
4 Produced
Cnxn Id
5 Consumed
Cnxn Id
6 Comm
Characteristics
Get
Get
Get
7
Attribute name
State
Produced
Connection Size
Services
Get
Get
Get
Description
State of the object.
See the state table on page
.
Indicates either I/O (1) or messaging connection (0).
Defines the behavior of the connection.
Data type
UINT8
UINT8
UINT8
Get
Placed in CAN Identifier Field when the connection transmits.
CAN Identifier Field value that denotes the message to be received
Defines the Message Group(s) across which productions and consumptions are associated in this connection.
Maximum number of bytes transmitted across this connection
UINT16
UINT16
UINT8
UINT16
EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol 239
# Attribute name
8 Consumed
Connection size
9 Expected
Packet
Rate
Services
Get
Get, Set
Description
Maximum number of bytes received across this connection
Defines the timing associated with this connection in milliseconds. A value of 0 deactivates the associated timers.
Defines how to handle
Inactivity/Watchdog timeouts.
Data type
UINT16
UINT16
UINT8 12 Watchdog
Timeout
Action
13 Produced
Connection Path
Length
14 Produced
Connection Path
15 Consumed
Connection Path
Length
16 Consumed
Connection Path
17 Production Inhibit
Time
Get, Set
Get
Get
Get
Get
Get
Number of bytes in the produced_connection_path length attribute
Application object producing data on this connection
Number of bytes in the consumed_connection_path length attribute
Specifies the application object(s) that are to receive the data consumed by this connection object.
Defines the minimum time between new data production in milliseconds.
UINT16
Array of
UINT8
UINT16
Array of
UINT8
UINT16
240 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
Acknowledge handler object, class 2Bh
The acknowledge handler object is used to manage the reception of message acknowledgements. This object communicates with a message producing application object within the device. The acknowledge handler object notifies the producing application of acknowledge reception, acknowledge timeouts and production retry limit.
Class attributes (Instance
#0)
# Attribute name
Services
1 Revision Get
Description
Revision of the CIP Object
Class Definition upon which the implementation is based
Data type
Array of
UINT8
Instance attributes (Instance
#1)
# Attribute name
1 Acknowledge
Timer
2 Retry
Limit
Services Description
Get, Set
Get, Set
Time in milliseconds to wait for acknowledge before resending
3 COS Producing
Connection
Instance
Get
Data type
UINT16
Number of Acknowledge
Timeouts to wait before informing the producing application of a Retry-
Limit_Reached event
Connection Instance Id which contains the path of the producing I/O application object which will be notified of
Acknowledge Handler events
UINT8
UINT16
EtherNet/IP – Diagnostics 241
13
EtherNet/IP – Diagnostics
Contents of this chapter
This chapter explains how to trace faults with the status LEDs on the adapter module when the module is used for EtherNet/IP communication.
Fault and warning messages
For the fault and warning messages concerning the adapter module, see the drive firmware manual.
242 EtherNet/IP – Diagnostics
LEDs
The adapter module is equipped with three bicolor diagnostic
LEDs. The LEDs are described below.
Name
HOST
Color
Blinking green
Green
Blinking red
Flashing orange, alternating with the MODULE
Flashing orange
Function
Establishing communication to host
Connection to host OK
Communication to host lost temporarily
Internal file system error. The error may be cleared by cycling drive power. If the error persists, contact your local ABB representative.
EtherNet/IP – Diagnostics 243
Name
MODULE
Color
Off
Green
Flashing green
Flashing red
Function
There is no power applied to the device.
Device is operating in a normal condition.
Device needs commissioning due to configuration missing, incomplete or incorrect. The device may be in the
Standby state. This may be caused by the adapter waiting for a response from a
DHCP server or Duplicate Address
Detection to complete.
Ethernet interface is disabled. Duplicate
Address Detection may have detected a duplicate address. Check the IP configuration and either initiate a
Fieldbus Adapter parameter refresh or cycle power to the drive.
Device is in Self Test.
Flashing redgreen
Flashing orange, alternating with the HOST
Flashing orange
Internal file system error. The error may be cleared by cycling drive power. If the error persists, contact your local ABB representative.
244 EtherNet/IP – Diagnostics
Name
NETWORK
/NET
Color
Off
Function
Device is not on-line.
• The device has not completed the
Duplicate Address Detection yet.
• The device may not be powered; look at the MODULE status LED.
Flashing green Device is on-line but has no connections in the established state.
• The device has passed Duplicate
Address Detection, is on-line, but has no established connections to other nodes.
Green Device is on-line and has connections in the established state.
Flashing red
Red
One or more I/O connections are in the
Timed-out state.
Failed communication device. The device has detected an error that has rendered it incapable of communicating on the network (Duplicate MAC ID or IP address detected).
PROFINET IO protocol
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PROFINET IO – Start-up 247
14
PROFINET IO – Start-up
Contents of this chapter
This chapter contains:
• information on configuring the drive for operation with the adapter module
• drive-specific instructions on starting up the drive with the adapter module
• examples of configuring the master station for communication with the adapter module.
Warnings
WARNING! Obey the safety instructions given in this manual and the drive documentation.
248 PROFINET IO – Start-up
Drive configuration
The information in this section applies to all drive types compatible with the adapter module, unless otherwise stated.
PROFINET IO connection configuration
After the adapter module has been mechanically and electrically installed according to the instructions in chapters
and
for communication with the module.
The detailed procedure of activating the module for PROFINET IO communication with the drive depends on the drive type. Normally, you must activate a parameter to activate the communication. See
the drive-specific start-up instructions starting on page
Once communication between the drive and the adapter module has been established, several configuration parameters are copied to the drive. These parameters are shown in the tables below and must be checked first and adjusted where necessary. You can adjust the parameters via a drive control panel, a PC tool or a web user interface. For more information on the web user interface, see
Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages
.
Note:
•
Not all drives display descriptive names for the configuration parameters. To help you identify the parameters in different drives, the names displayed by each drive are given in gray boxes in the tables below.
•
The new parameter settings take effect only when you power up the module the next time or when you activate the fieldbus adapter refresh parameter.
PROFINET IO – Start-up 249
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group A (group 1)
Note: The actual parameter group number depends on the drive type. Group A (group 1) corresponds to:
• parameter group 51 in ACS355, ACSM1, ACS850 and
ACQ810
• parameter group 51 in ACS880 and ACS580 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter A or group 54 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter B.
Default
128 =
ETHER-
NET
No.
01
Name/Value
FBA TYPE
02 PROTOCOL/
PROFILE
ACS355:
FB PAR 2
ACSM1:
FBA PAR2
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par2
ACS880/ACS580:
Protocol/Profile
10 = PNIO Pdrive
Description
Read-only. Shows the fieldbus adapter type as detected by the drive. The value cannot be adjusted by the user.
If the value is 0 = None, the communication between the drive and the module has not been established.
Selects the application protocol and communication profile for the network connection.
The selections available for PROFINET IO communication are listed below.
1)
0 = Modbus/TCP: ABB Drives profile -
Classic
PROFINET IO protocol: PROFIdrive profile
11 = PNIO ABB Pro PROFINET IO protocol: ABB Drives profile
12 = PNIO T16 PROFINET IO protocol: Transparent 16-bit profile
13 = PNIO T32 PROFINET IO protocol: Transparent 32-bit profile
14 = PNIO PdriveM PROFINET IO protocol: PROFIdrive positioning mode
0
1)
250 PROFINET IO – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
03 COMM RATE
ACS355:
FB PAR 3
ACSM1:
FBA PAR3
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par3
ACS880/ACS580:
Commrate
0 = Auto
1 = 100 Mbps FD
2 = 100 Mbps HD
3 = 10 Mbps FD
4 = 10 Mbps HD
04 IP
CONFIGURATION
ACS355:
FB PAR 4
ACSM1:
FBA PAR4
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par4
ACS880/ACS580:
IP configuration
0 = Static IP
1 = Dyn IP DHCP
Description
Sets the bit rate for the Ethernet interface.
Autonegotiate
100 Mbps, full duplex
100 Mbps, half duplex
10 Mbps, full duplex
10 Mbps, half duplex
Sets the method for configuring the IP address, subnet mask and gateway address for the module.
In a PROFINET IO network, the master controller has a Duplicate Address Detection mechanism.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
or from the PLC via DCP.
The DCP protocol allows the master controller to find every PROFINET IO device on a subnet. When the adapter module is configured for the PROFINET IO protocol, the
IP address is transferred to the PROFINET IO communication stack.
If there is a need to change the IP address configured via DCP, it should be done with a
DCP tool, such as Siemens Step7. If some of the other methods are used to change the IP address, the module must be restarted to enable any changes.
Configuration will be obtained via DHCP.
Default
0 = Auto
1 = Dyn
IP DHCP
PROFINET IO – Start-up 251
No.
Name/Value
05 IP ADDRESS 1
ACS355:
FB PAR 5
ACSM1:
FBA PAR5
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par5
ACS880/ACS580:
IP address 1
0…255
… …
08 IP ADDRESS 4
ACS355:
FB PAR 8
ACSM1:
FBA PAR8
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par8
ACS880/ACS580:
IP address 4
0…255
Description
An IP address is assigned to each IP node on a network. An IP address is a 32-bit number that is typically represented in “dotted decimal” notation consisting of four decimal integers, on the range 0…255, separated by periods. Each integer represents the value of one octet (8bits) in the IP address. Parameters
05
…
08
define the four octets of the IP address.
IP address
…
See parameter
05 IP ADDRESS 1
.
IP address
Default
0
…
0
252 PROFINET IO – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
09 SUBNET CIDR
ACS355:
FB PAR 9
ACSM1:
FBA PAR9
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par9
ACS880/ACS580:
Subnet CIDR
Description
Subnet masks are used for splitting networks into smaller networks called subnets. A subnet mask is a 32-bit binary number that splits the
IP address into a network address and host address.
Subnet masks are typically represented in either dotted decimal notation or the more compact CIDR notation, as shown in the table below.
Default
0
Dotted decimal
255.255.255.254
255.255.255.252
255.255.255.248
255.255.255.240
255.255.255.224
255.255.255.192
255.255.255.128
255.255.255.0
255.255.254.0
255.255.252.0
255.255.248.0
255.255.240.0
255.255.224.0
255.255.192.0
255.255.128.0
255.255.0.0
CIDR Dotted decimal
31 255.254.0.0
30 255.252.0.0
29 255.248.0.0
28 255.240.0.0
27 255.224.0.0
26 255.224.0.0
25 255.128.0.0
24 255.0.0.0
23 254.0.0.0
22 252.0.0.0
21 248.0.0.0
20 240.0.0.0
19 224.0.0.0
18 192.0.0.0
17 128.0.0.0
16
1…31
10 GW ADDRESS 1
ACS355:
FB PAR 10
ACSM1:
FBA PAR10
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par10
ACS880/ACS580:
GW address 1
0…255
Subnet mask in CIDR notation
IP gateways connect individual physical IP subnets into a unified IP network. When an IP node needs to communicate with an IP node on another subnet, the IP node sends the data to the IP gateway for forwarding. Parameters
10
…
13
define the four octets of the gateway address.
GW address
0
2
1
4
3
8
7
6
5
CIDR
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
PROFINET IO – Start-up 253
No.
Name/Value
… …
13 GW ADDRESS 4
ACS355:
FB PAR 13
ACSM1:
FBA PAR13
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par13
ACS880/ACS580:
GW address 4
14
…
18
0…255
Reserved
19 T16 SCALE
ACS355:
FB PAR 19
ACSM1:
FBA PAR19
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par19
ACS880/ACS580:
T16 scale
0…65535
Description
…
See parameter
10 GW ADDRESS 1
.
GW address
These parameters are not used by the adapter module when the module is configured for
PROFINET IO.
Defines the reference multiplier/actual value divisor for the adapter module. The parameter is effective only when the Transparent 16 profile is selected AND the drive is using the native communication profile (eg, DCU or
FBA) and a 16-bit transparent Reference
1/Actual value 1.
With an ACS355 drive, the speed reference from the PLC is multiplied by the value of this parameter plus one. For example, if the parameter has a value of 99 and a reference of 1000 given by the master, the reference will be multiplied by 99 +1 = 100 and forwarded to the drive as 100000. According to the DCU profile, this value is interpreted as a reference of 100 rpm in the drive.
With ACSM1, ACS850, ACQ810, ACS880 and
ACS580, setting this parameter to 65535 provides an approximation of 1 = 1 rpm.
Reference multiplier/actual value divisor
Default
…
0
N/A
99
254 PROFINET IO – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
20 TELEGRAM TYPE Read-only. Indicates the telegram type
ACS355:
FB PAR 20 selected for PROFINET IO communication.
The adapter module automatically detects the
ACSM1:
FBA PAR20
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par20 telegram type defined in the PLC.
For more information on the supported PPO
message types, see section page
.
on
ACS880/ACS580:
Telegram type
0 = Unknown
Description
1 = PPO1
Cyclical communication between the master and the module has not been established yet.
Not supported
2 = PPO2
3 = PPO3
4 = PPO4
Not supported
PPO3 selected
PPO4 selected
5 = PPO5
6 = PPO6
7 = PPO7
8 = ST1
9 = ST2
21 ALARM DISABLE
ACS355:
FB PAR 21
ACSM1:
FBA PAR21
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par21
ACS880/ACS580:
Alarm disable
0 = Enabled
1 = Disabled
Not supported
PPO6 selected
PPO7 selected. Not supported with ACS355.
ST1 selected
ST2 selected. Not supported with ACS355.
Disables PROFINET IO alarms.
For more information on the diagnostics and alarm mechanism for PROFINET IO, see section
Diagnostic and alarm mechanism
.
PROFINET IO alarms are enabled.
PROFINET IO alarms are disabled.
Default
0 =
Unknown
0 =
Enabled
PROFINET IO – Start-up 255
No.
Name/Value Description
22 MAP SELECTION Defines the preferred data type of mapped
ACS355:
FB PAR 22 parameters when mapping is done through
PROFIdrive parameters. Supported with
ACS880 and ACS580 drives.
ACSM1:
FBA PAR22
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par22
ACS880/ACS580:
Map selection
0 = 32bit 32 bits
23
…
26
1 = 16bit
Reserved
27 FBA PAR
REFRESH
ACS355/ACSM1:
FBA PAR
REFRESH
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA par refresh
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B par refresh
0 = Done
16 bits
These parameters are not used by the adapter module when the module is configured for
PROFINET IO.
Validates any changed adapter module configuration parameter settings. After refreshing, the value reverts automatically to
0 = Done.
Note: This parameter cannot be changed while the drive is running.
28
1 = Refresh
PAR TABLE VER
ACS355:
FILE CPI FW REV
ACSM1:
PAR TABLE VER
ACS850/ACQ810:
Par table ver
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B par table ver
Refreshing done
Refreshing
Read-only. Displays the parameter table revision of the fieldbus adapter module mapping file stored in the memory of the drive.
In format xyz, where
x = major revision number
y = minor revision number
z = correction number
OR in format axyz, where
a = major revision number
xy = minor revision numbers
z = correction number or letter.
Parameter table revision
Default
1 = 16bit
N/A
0 = Done
N/A
256 PROFINET IO – Start-up
No.
Name/Value
29 DRIVE TYPE
CODE
ACS355:
FILE CONFIG ID
ACSM1:
DRIVE TYPE
CODE
ACS850/ACQ810:
Drive type code
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B drive type code
Description
Read-only. Displays the drive type code of the fieldbus adapter module mapping file stored in the memory of the drive.
30 MAPPING FILE
VER
ACS355:
FILE CONFIG REV
ACSM1:
MAPPING FILE
VER
ACS850/ACQ810:
Mapping file ver
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B mapping file ver
Drive type code of the fieldbus adapter module mapping file
Read-only. Displays the fieldbus adapter module mapping file revision stored in the memory of the drive in decimal format.
Mapping file revision
31 D2FBA COMM STA Read-only. Displays the status of the fieldbus
ACS355:
FBA STATUS adapter module communication.
Note: The value names may vary by drive.
ACSM1:
D2FBA COMM STA
ACS850/ACQ810:
D2FBA comm sta
ACS880/ACS580:
D2FBA A/B comm status
0 = Idle
1 = Exec.init
Adapter is not configured.
Adapter is initializing.
2 = Time out A timeout has occurred in the communication between the adapter and the drive.
Default
N/A
N/A
0 = Idle
OR
4 = Offline
PROFINET IO – Start-up 257
No.
Name/Value
3 = Conf.err
4 = Off-line
5 = On-line
6 = Reset
32 FBA COMM SW
VER
ACS355:
FBA CPI FW REV
ACSM1:
FBA COMM SW
VER
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA comm sw ver
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B comm SW ver
Description
Adapter configuration error: The major or minor revision code of the common program revision in the fieldbus adapter module is not the revision required by the module or mapping file upload has failed more than three times.
Adapter is off-line.
Adapter is on-line.
Adapter is performing a hardware reset.
Read-only. Displays the common program revision of the adapter module in format axyz, where:
a = major revision number
xy = minor revision numbers
z = correction number or letter.
Default
N/A
33 FBA APPL SW
VER
ACS355:
FBA APPL FW REV
ACSM1:
FBA APPL SW
VER
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA appl sw ver
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B appl SW ver
Common program version of the adapter module
Read-only. Displays the application program revision of the adapter module in format axyz, where:
a = major revision number
xy = minor revision numbers
z = correction number or letter.
N/A
Application program revision of the adapter module
258 PROFINET IO – Start-up
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group B (group 2)
Note: The actual parameter group number depends on the drive type. Group B (group 2) corresponds to:
• parameter group 55 in ACS355
• parameter group 53 in ACSM1, ACS850 and ACQ810
• parameter group 53 in ACS880 and ACS580 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter A or group 56 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter B.
No.
1)
01
Name/Value
DATA OUT 1
(master to drive)
Description
Selects data word 1 received by the drive over the PROFINET network. The content is defined by a decimal number in the range of 0 to 9999 as follows:
Default
1 or 11
2)
ACS355:
FBA DATA OUT 1
ACSM1:
FBA DATA OUT1
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA data out1
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B data out1
0
101…
9999
Not used
1…99 Virtual address area of drive control
Parameter area of the drive
See also
Virtual address area allocation with
0 = None
1 = CW 16bit
2 = Ref1 16bit
3 = Ref2 16bit
11 = CW 32bit
Not used
Control word (16 bits)
3)
Reference REF1 (16 bits)
3)
Reference REF2 (16 bits)
3)
Control word (32 bits)
12 = Ref1 32bit
13 = Ref2 32bit
21 = CW2 16bit
101…9999
Reference REF1(32 bits)
Reference REF2 (32 bits)
Control word 2 (16 bits)
Parameter index with format xxyy, where
• xx is the parameter group number (1…99)
• yy is the parameter number index within that group (01…99).
Note: In ACS880 and ACS580, choose Other to display a list of mappable drive parameters.
PROFINET IO – Start-up 259
No.
02
1)
Name/Value
DATA OUT 2
Description
See parameter
01 DATA OUT 1
.
Default
0 or 2
4)
03…
10
DATA OUT 3…
DATA OUT 10
See parameter
01 DATA OUT 1
.
0
1)
The number of parameters in this group may vary by drive type and drive firmware.
2)
11 (CW 32bit) is the default setting if the Transparent 32 profile is used.
3)
With an ACS355 drive, Control word and REF1 are always fixed to virtual addresses
1 and 2 respectively. If REF2 is used, its virtual address is always 3.
4)
2 (Ref1 16bit) is a fixed setting with an ACS355 drive.
260 PROFINET IO – Start-up
FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group C (group 3)
Note: The actual parameter group number depends on the drive type. Group C (group 3) corresponds to:
• parameter group 54 in ACS355
• parameter group 52 in ACSM1, ACS850 and ACQ810
• parameter group 52 in ACS880 and ACS580 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter A or group 55 if the adapter is installed as fieldbus adapter B.
No.
1)
01
Name/Value
DATA IN 1
(drive to master)
Description
Selects data word 1 sent by the drive over the
PROFINET network. The content is defined by a decimal number in the range of 0 to 9999 as follows:
Default
4 or 14
2)
ACS355:
FBA DATA IN 1
ACSM1:
FBA DATA IN1
ACS850/ACQ810:
FBA data in1
ACS880/ACS580:
FBA A/B data in1
0
101…
9999
Not used
1…99 Virtual address area of drive control
Parameter area of the drive
Virtual address area allocation with
0 = None
4 = SW 16bit
Not used
Status word (16 bits)
5 = Act1 16bit
6 = Act2 16bit
14 = SW 32bit
15 = Act1 32bit
16 = Act2 32bit
24 = SW2 16bit
101…9999
Actual value ACT1 (16 bits)
Actual value ACT2 (16 bits)
Status word (32 bits)
Actual value ACT1 (32 bits)
Actual value ACT2 (32 bits)
Status word 2 (16 bits)
Parameter index with format xxyy, where
• xx is the parameter group number (1…99)
• yy is the parameter number index within that group (01…99).
Note: In ACS880 and ACS580, choose Other to display a list of mappable drive parameters.
PROFINET IO – Start-up 261
No.
02
1)
Name/Value
DATA IN 2
Description
See parameter
DATA IN 1
.
Default
0 or 5
3)
03…
10
DATA IN 3…
DATA IN 10
DATA IN 1
.
0
1)
The number of parameters in this group may vary by drive type and drive firmware.
2)
14 (SW 32bit) is the default setting if the Transparent 32 profile is used.
3)
5 (Act1 16bit) is a fixed setting with an ACS355 drive.
Virtual address area allocation with ACSM1
When the PROFIdrive profile or PROFIdrive positioning mode is used with an ACSM1 drive, the virtual addresses shown below are recommended. (FBA REFx mode is selected with drive parameter
50.04/50.05.)
The information in the table is applicable only if PPO messaging is used (see parameter
20 TELEGRAM TYPE
). If standard telegrams
(STx) are used, virtual addresses for standard telegrams (ST1 and
ST2) are updated automatically.
Abbreviation Description Data length
STW1
NSOLL_A
NSOLL_B
STW2
XSOLL_A
VELOCITY_A
ZSW2
NIST_A
NIST_B
ZSW1
XIST_A
Control word 1
Speed set point A
Speed set point B
Control word 2
Position set point A
Velocity
Status word 2
Speed actual value A
Speed actual value B
Status word 1
Position actual value A
16-bit
16-bit
32-bit
16-bit
32-bit
16-bit
16-bit
32-bit
16-bit
32-bit
32-bit
Recommended virtual address with ACSM1
FBA REFx modes
Speed mode
1
Position mode
1
2 or 3
12 or 13
21 21
12 or 13
13
24 24
5 or 6
15 or 16
4 4
15 or 16
262 PROFINET IO – Start-up
Control locations
ABB drives can receive control information from multiple sources including digital inputs, analog inputs, the drive control panel and a fieldbus adapter module. ABB drives allow the user to separately determine the source for each type of control information (Start,
Stop, Direction, Reference, Fault reset, etc.).
To give the fieldbus master the most complete control over the drive, you must select the adapter module as the source of this information. The drive-specific parameter setting examples below contain the drive control parameters relevant in the examples. For a complete parameter list, see the drive documentation.
PROFINET IO – Start-up 263
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS355 drives
1. Power up the drive.
2. Enable the communication between the adapter module and the drive with parameter 9802 COMM PROT SEL.
3. Set the module configuration parameters in group 51.
At the minimum, select the communication protocol and profile with parameter 5102 and configure the network settings with parameters 5103…5113.
4. With parameter 3018 COMM FAULT FUNC, select how the drive reacts to a fieldbus communication break.
5. With parameter 3019 COMM FAULT TIME, define the time between communication break detection and the selected action.
6. Define the process data transferred to and from the drive in parameter groups 54 and 55.
Note: The adapter module sets the Status word and actual value automatically in parameters 5401 and 5402, and Control word and reference in parameters 5501 and 5502.
7. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 51, 54 and 55 with parameter 5127 FBA PAR REFRESH.
8. Set the relevant drive control parameters to control the drive according to the application.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
264 PROFINET IO – Start-up
Parameter setting examples – ACS355
Speed control using the PROFIdrive communication profile with PPO Type 4
This example shows how to configure a basic speed control application that uses the PROFIdrive profile. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference are according to the
PROFIdrive profile. For more information, see the PROFIdrive
The reference value ±16384 (4000h) corresponds to parameter
1105 REF1 MAX in the forward and reverse directions.
Direction
Out
In
PZD1
Control word
Status word
PZD2
Speed reference
Speed actual value
PZD3
Constant speed 1
1)
Power
1)
PZD4
Constant speed 2
DC bus voltage
PZD5 PZD6
N/A N/A
N/A N/A
1)
Example
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
9802 COMM PROT
SEL
Setting for ACS355 drives
4 = EXT FBA
Description
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
5101 FBA TYPE ETHERNET
1)
5102 FB PAR 2
(PROTOCOL/
PROFILE)
5210 FB PAR 3
(COMMRATE)
10 (= PNIO Pdrive)
0 (= Auto)
2)
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the PROFINET IO protocol and PROFIdrive profile.
5104 FB PAR 4
(IP CONFIGURATION)
5105 FB PAR 5
(IP ADDRESS 1)
0 (= Static IP)
2)
192
2)
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
or from the PLC via the DCP protocol.
First part of the IP address
PROFINET IO – Start-up 265
Drive parameter
5106 FB PAR 6
(IP ADDRESS 2)
5107 FB PAR 7
(IP ADDRESS 3)
5108 FB PAR 8
(IP ADDRESS 4)
5109 FB PAR 9
(SUBNET CIDR)
1103 REF1 SELECT
1601 RUN ENABLE
Setting for ACS355 drives
168
2)
Description
Second part of the IP address
0
2)
16
2)
24
2)
Third part of the IP address
Last part of the IP address
3018 COMM FAULT
FUNC
3019 COMM FAULT
TIME
3 = LAST SPEED
3.0 s
2)
5401 FBA DATA IN 1
5402 FBA DATA IN 2
5403 FBA DATA IN 3
5404 FBA DATA IN 4
4 (= SW 16bit)
1)
5 (= Act1 16bit)
1)
106
2)
107
2)
5501 FBA DATA OUT 1 1 (= CW 16bit)
1)
5502 FBA DATA OUT 2 2 (= Ref1 16bit)
1)
5503 FBA DATA OUT 3 1202
2)
5504 FBA DATA OUT 4 1203
2)
2)
5127 FBA PAR
REFRESH
1001 EXT1
COMMANDS
1 = REFRESH
10 = COMM
8 = COMM
7 = COMM
Sets the network mask as
255.255.255.0, allowing access only to the last subnet.
Enables fieldbus communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus communication break supervision time.
Status word
Actual value 1 (speed)
Power
DC bus voltage
Control word
Reference 1 (speed)
Constant speed 1
Constant speed 2
Validates the FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 as the source for speed reference 1.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source for the inverted Run enable signal (Run disable).
266 PROFINET IO – Start-up
Drive parameter Setting for ACS355 drives
1604 FAULT RESET
SEL
8 = COMM
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
Description
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source for the fault reset signal.
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 47Eh (1150 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Speed mode).
Speed and torque control using the ABB Drives communication profile with PPO Type 4
This example shows how to configure a speed and torque control application that uses the ABB Drives profile. From the PLC programming point, the ABB Drives profile is similar to the
PROFIdrive profile shown in the first example.
The start/stop commands and reference are according to the ABB
Drives profile. For more information, see section
ABB Drives communication profile
.
When Reference 1 (REF1) is used, a reference value of ±20000
(decimal) corresponds to the reference set by parameter 1105
REF1 MAX in the forward and reverse directions.
When Reference 2 (REF2) is used, a reference value of ±10000
(decimal) corresponds to the reference set by parameter 1108
REF2 MAX in the forward and reverse directions.
The minimum and maximum 16-bit integer values that can be given through the fieldbus are -32768 and 32767 respectively.
Direction PZD1
Out Control word
In
PZD2
Speed reference
Status word Speed actual value
PZD3
Torque reference
Torque actual
PZD4 PZD5 PZD6
N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A
PROFINET IO – Start-up 267
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
9802 COMM PROT SEL
Setting for ACS355 drives
4 = EXT FBA
Description
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
5101 FBA TYPE
5102 FBAPAR 2
(PROTOCOL/PROFILE)
5103 FB PAR 3
(COMMRATE)
5104 FB PAR 4
(IP CONFIGURATION)
ETHERNET
1)
11 (= PNIO ABB Pro) Selects the PROFINET IO protocol and ABB Drives profile.
0 (= Auto)
2)
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
0 (= Static IP)
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
or from the PLC via the DCP protocol.
3018 COMM FAULT
FUNC
3 = LAST SPEED
3019 COMM FAULT TIME 3.0 s
2)
2)
Enables fieldbus communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus communication break supervision time.
5401 FBA DATA IN 1
5402 FBA DATA IN 2
5403 FBA DATA IN 3
5501 FBA DATA OUT 1
5502 FBA DATA OUT 2
5503 FBA DATA OUT 3
4 (= SW 16bit)
1)
5 (= Act1 16bit)
1)
6 (= Act2 16bit)
2)
1 (= CW 16bit)
1)
2 (= Ref1 16bit)
1)
2 (= Ref2 16bit)
2)
Status word
Actual value 1 (speed)
Actual value 2 (torque)
Control word
Reference 1 (speed)
Reference 2 (torque)
5127 FBA PAR REFRESH 1 = REFRESH Validates the FENA-01/-11 configuration parameter settings.
9904 MOTOR CTRL
MODE
2 = VECTOR: TORQ
1001 EXT1 COMMANDS 10 = COMM
Selects the vector control mode as the motor control mode.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
268 PROFINET IO – Start-up
Drive parameter Setting for ACS355 drives
1002 EXT2 COMMANDS 10 = COMM
Description
1102 EXT1/EXT2 SEL
1103 REF1 SELECT
1106 REF2 SELECT
1601 RUN ENABLE
1604 FAULT RESET SEL
8 = COMM
8 = COMM
8 = COMM
7 = COMM
8 = COMM
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 2.
Enables external control location
1/2 selection through the fieldbus.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 as the source for speed reference
1.
Selects the fieldbus reference 2 as the source for speed reference
1.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source for the inverted Run enable signal (Run disable).
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source for the fault reset signal.
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 47Eh (1150 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Speed mode) or
C7Fh (3199 decimal) –> OPERATING (Torque mode).
PROFINET IO – Start-up 269
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACSM1 drives
1. Power up the drive.
2. Enable the communication between the adapter module and the drive with parameter 50.01 FBA ENABLE.
3. With parameter 50.02 COMM LOSS FUNC, select how the drive reacts to a fieldbus communication break.
Note that this function monitors both communication between the fieldbus master and the adapter module and communication between the adapter module and the drive.
4. With parameter 50.03 COMM LOSS T OUT, define the time between communication break detection and the selected action.
5. Select application-specific values for parameters
50.04…50.11.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
6. Set the module configuration parameters in group 51.
At the minimum, select the communication protocol and profile with parameter 51.02 and configure the network settings with parameters 51.03…51.13.
7. Define the process data transferred to and from the drive in parameter groups 52 and 53.
Note: The adapter module automatically sets the communication profile-specific virtual address for the Status word in parameter 52.01 and for the Control word in parameter
53.01.
8. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 51, 52 and 53 with parameter 51.27 FBA PAR REFRESH.
270 PROFINET IO – Start-up
9. Set the relevant drive control parameters to control the drive according to the application.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
Parameter setting examples – ACSM1
Speed control using the PROFIdrive communication profile with PPO Type 4
This example shows how to configure a basic speed control application that uses the PROFIdrive profile. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference are according to the
PROFIdrive profile, speed control mode. For more information, see the PROFIdrive state machine on page
The reference value ±16384 (4000h) corresponds to parameter
25.02 SPEED SCALING in the forward and reverse directions.
Direction
Out
In
PZD1
Control word
Status word
PZD2
Speed reference
Speed actual value
PZD3 PZD4
Constant speed 1
1)
Power
1)
PZD5 PZD6
Speed reference for jogging function 1
1)
DC bus voltage
1)
1)
Example
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 FBA ENABLE
Setting for ACSM1 drives
Enable
Description
50.02 COMM LOSS FUNC Last speed
50.03 COMM LOSS T OUT 3.0 s
50.04 FBA REF1
MODESEL
Speed
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Enables fieldbus communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus communication break supervision time.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 scaling.
PROFINET IO – Start-up 271
Drive parameter
51.01 FBA TYPE
51.02 FBA PAR2
(PROTOCOL/PROFILE)
51.03 FBA PAR3
(COMMRATE)
51.04 FBA PAR4
(IP CONFIGURATION)
52.01 FBA DATA IN1
52.02 FBA DATA IN2
52.03 FBA DATA IN3
52.05 FBA DATA IN5
53.01 FBA DATA OUT1
53.02 FBA DATA OUT2
53.03 FBA DATA OUT3
53.05 FBA DATA OUT5
51.27 FBA PAR REFRESH
10.01 EXT1 START FUNC
24.01 SPEED REF1 SEL
34.03 EXT1 CTRL MODE1
Setting for ACSM1 drives
ETHERNET
1)
10 (= PNIO Pdrive)
0 (= Auto)
FBA
Speed
2)
0 (= Static IP)
4 (= SW 16bit)
5 (= Act1 16bit)
122
2)
107
2)
1 (= CW 16bit)
1)
2 (= Ref1 16bit)
2408
2)
2410
2)
REFRESH
FBA REF1
1)
Description
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the PROFINET IO protocol and PROFIdrive profile.
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
or from the PLC via the DCP protocol.
Status word
Actual value 1 (speed)
Power
DC bus voltage
Control word
Reference 1 (speed)
Constant speed
Speed reference for jogging function 1
Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 as the source for speed reference 1.
Selects speed control as the control mode 1 for external control location 1.
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
272 PROFINET IO – Start-up
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 47Eh (1150 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Speed mode).
Position control using the PROFIdrive communication profile with PPO Type 4
This example shows how to configure a basic positioning application. The start/stop commands and reference are according to the PROFIdrive profile, positioning mode. For more information, see the PROFIdrive state machine on page
Note: By default, fieldbus is not the only control source. See actual signal 02.12 FBA MAIN CW in ACSM1 Motion Control Program
Firmware Manual for details.
The position set point and velocity reference are defined as 32-bit integer values; both are scaled as defined in the drive parameter settings.
Direction PZD1
Out Control word
(STW1)
In Status word
(ZSW1)
PZD2 PZD3
Position set point
Position actual value
PZD4 PZD5
Velocity reference
Velocity actual value
PZD6
N/A
N/A
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 FBA ENABLE
Setting for ACSM1 drives
Enable
Description
50.02 COMM LOSS
FUNC
50.03 COMM LOSS T
OUT
50.04 FBA REF1
MODESEL
Fault
3.0 s
Position
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Enables fieldbus communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus communication break supervision time.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 scaling.
PROFINET IO – Start-up 273
Drive parameter
50.05 FBA REF2
MODESEL
Setting for ACSM1 drives
Velocity
Description
Selects the fieldbus reference 2 scaling.
51.01 FBA TYPE
51.02 FBA PAR2
(PROTOCOL/PROFILE)
51.03 FBA PAR3
(COMMRATE)
51.04 FBA PAR4
(IP CONFIGURATION)
ETHERNET
1)
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
14 (= PNIO PdriveM) Selects the PROFINET IO protocol and PROFIdrive positioning mode.
0 (= Auto
2)
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
0 (= Static IP) Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
...
13
or from the PLC via the DCP protocol.
52.01 FBA DATA IN1 4 (= SW 16bit)
1)
52.02 FBA DATA IN2 15 (= Act1 32bit)
52.04 FBA DATA IN4 16 (= Act2 32bit)
53.01 FBA DATA OUT1 1 (= CW 16bit)
1)
53.02 FBA DATA OUT2 12 (= Ref1 32bit)
53.04 FBA DATA OUT4 13 (= Ref2 32bit)
Status word
Actual value 1
Actual value 2
Control word
Reference 1
Reference 2
51.27 FBA PAR
REFRESH
10.01 EXT1 START
FUNC
10.05 JOG ENABLE
22.01 SPEED FB SEL
34.02 EXT1 MODE
1/2SEL
34.03 EXT1 CTRL
MODE1
REFRESH Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
FBA
C.FALSE
Enc1 speed
2)
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Disables the jogging functions.
Selects the actual speed measured by encoder 1 as the speed feedback.
P.FBA MAIN CW.26
Selects the source for external 1 control mode 1/2 selection.
Selection is done by
START_HOMING bit (bit 26 in the fieldbus Control word).
Mode 1: Position, Mode 2: Homing
Position Selects position control as the control mode 1 for external control location 1.
274 PROFINET IO – Start-up
Drive parameter
34.04 EXT1 CTRL
MODE2
62.01 HOMING
METHOD
65.01 POS
REFSOURCE
65.03 POS START 1
65.22 PROF VEL REF
SEL
66.05 POS ENABLE
CAN Methodxx
62.03 HOMING START C.False
65.04 POS REF 1 SEL
65.11 POS START 2
70.03 POS REF ENA
Setting for ACSM1 drives
Homing
Description
Fieldbus
C.False
FBA REF 1
C.False
FBA REF2
C.False
C.False
Selects homing control as the control mode 2 for external control location 1.
Selects the homing mode. Select the appropriate CAN Method.
Selects the fieldbus as the homing start source.
Position reference and speed are read from the fieldbus.
Selects the fieldbus as the position start1source.
Selects the FBA reference 1 as the position reference source.
Selects the fieldbus as the position start2 source.
Selects the FBA reference 2 as the velocity reference source.
Selects the fieldbus as the source for enabling the position reference generator.
Selects the fieldbus as the source for the position reference enable command.
1)
Read only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
The position set point is scaled as follows:
Drive parameter
60.05 POS UNIT (Position unit)
60.08 POS2INT SCALE
1)
Example
Setting
m
1)
100
1)
PROFINET IO – Start-up 275
The position set point and actual values are scaled with the above example values as follows:
1000 / 100 = 10.00
m
60.05 POS UNIT
Physical value
60.06 POS2INT SCALE
Set point value
Example for velocity set point scale:
Drive parameter
60.10
60.11
Name Value
POS SPEED UNIT u/s
1)
POS SPEED2INT 100
1)
Description
Unit/s (in this case m/s)
Scales position speed values to integer values.
Selections:
1/10/100/1000/10000/100000
1 )
Example
The velocity set point and actual values are scaled with the above example values as follows:
1000 / 100 = 10.00
m
60.10 POS SPEED UNIT
Physical value
60.11 POS SPEED2INT
Set point value
Pay attention to the following parameters:
Group
90
91/92/93
Description
Encoder selection
Settings of the encoder
276 PROFINET IO – Start-up
The start sequence for the above parameter example is given below:
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 406h (1030 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 40Fh (1039 decimal) –> OPERATING.
•
Enter 43Fh (1087 decimal) –> OPERATING (Do reject traversing task with no intermediate stop).
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Activate traversing task).
•
Enter C0Fh (3087 decimal) –> OPERATING (Start Homing procedure).
Speed and torque control using the ABB Drives communication profile with PPO Type 4
This example shows how to configure a speed and torque control application that uses the ABB Drives profile. From the PLC programming point, the ABB Drives profile is similar to the
PROFIdrive profile shown in the first example.
The start/stop commands and reference are according to the ABB
Drives profile. For more information, see section
ABB Drives communication profile
.
When Reference 1 (REF1) is used, a reference value of ±20000
(4E20h) corresponds to the reference set by parameter 25.02
SPEED SCALING in the forward and reverse directions.
When Reference 2 (REF2) is used, a reference value of ±10000
(2710h) corresponds to the reference set by parameter 32.04
TORQUE REF 1 MAX in the forward and reverse directions.
Direction PZD1
Out Control word
In Status word
PZD2
Speed reference
Speed actual value
PZD3
Torque reference
Torque actual
PZD4 PZD5 PZD6
N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A
PROFINET IO – Start-up 277
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 FBA ENABLE
Setting for ACSM1 drives
Enable
Description
50.02 COMM LOSS FUNC Fault
50.03 COMM LOSS T OUT 3.0 s
50.04 FBA REF1
MODESEL
50.05 FBA REF2
MODESEL
Speed
Torque
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Enables fieldbus communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus communication break supervision time.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 scaling.
Selects the fieldbus reference 2 scaling.
51.01 FBA TYPE
51.02 FBA PAR2
(PROTOCOL/PROFILE)
51.03 FBA PAR3
(COMMRATE)
51.04 FBA PAR4
(IP CONFIGURATION)
52.01 FBA DATA IN1
52.02 FBA DATA IN2
52.03 FBA DATA IN3
53.01 FBA DATA OUT1
53.02 FBA DATA OUT2
53.03 FBA DATA OUT3
ETHERNET
1)
11 (= PNIO ABB Pro) Selects the PROFINET IO protocol and the ABB Drives profile.
0 (= Auto)
2)
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
0 (= Static IP)
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
or from the PLC via the DCP protocol.
4 (= SW 16bit)
1)
5 (= Act1 16bit)
6 (= Act2 16bit)
1 (= CW 16bit)
1)
2 (= Ref1 16bit)
3 (= Ref2 16bit)
Status word (PZD 1)
Actual value 1
Actual value 2
Control word
Reference 1
Reference 2
51.27 FBA PAR REFRESH REFRESH Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
278 PROFINET IO – Start-up
Drive parameter Setting for ACSM1 drives
10.01 EXT1 START FUNC FBA
Description
10.04 EXT2 START FUNC FBA
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 2.
24.01 SPEED REF1 SEL FBA REF 1
32.02 TORQ REF ADD SEL FBA REF 2
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 as the source for speed reference 1.
Selects the fieldbus reference 2 as the source for torque reference 1.
34.01 EXT1/EXT2 SEL P.FBA MAIN CW.15
Enables external control location
1/2 selection through the fieldbus only (bit 15 in the fieldbus Control word).
34.03 EXT1 CTRL MODE1 Speed Selects speed control as the control mode 1 for external control location 1.
34.05 EXT2 CTRL MODE1 Torque Selects torque control as the control mode 1 for external control location 2.
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 47Eh (1150 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Speed mode) or
C7Fh (3199 decimal) –> OPERATING (Torque mode).
PROFINET IO – Start-up 279
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS850 and ACQ810 drives
1. Power up the drive.
2. Enable the communication between the adapter module and the drive with parameter 50.01 FBA enable.
3. With parameter 50.02 Comm loss func, select how the drive reacts to a fieldbus communication break.
Notes:
•
This function monitors both communication between the fieldbus master and the adapter module and communication between the adapter module and the drive.
•
In ACQ810, you can select the control locations to be monitored with parameter 50.21 Comm loss enable. By default, the monitoring is enabled in both control locations
(EXT1 and EXT2).
4. With parameter 50.03 Comm loss t out, define the time between communication break detection and the selected action.
5. Select application-specific values for parameters
50.04…50.11.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
6. Set the module configuration parameters in group 51.
At the minimum, select the communication protocol and profile with parameter 51.02 and configure the network settings with parameters 51.03…51.13.
280 PROFINET IO – Start-up
7. Define the process data transferred to and from the drive in parameter groups 52 and 53.
Note: The adapter module automatically sets the communication profile-specific virtual address for the Status word in parameter 52.01 and for the Control word in parameter
53.01.
8. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 51, 52 and 53 with parameter 51.27 FBA par refresh.
9. Set the relevant drive control parameters to control the drive according to the application.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
Parameter setting examples – ACS850 and ACQ810
Speed control using the PROFIdrive communication profile with PPO Type 4
This example shows how to configure a basic speed control application that uses the PROFIdrive profile. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference are according to the
PROFIdrive profile, speed control mode. For more information, see the PROFIdrive state machine on page
The reference value ±16384 (4000h) corresponds to parameter
19.01 Speed scaling in the forward and reverse directions.
Direction
Out
In
PZD1
Control word
Status word
PZD2
Speed reference
Speed Actual value
PZD3 PZD4
Constant speed 1
1)
Power
1)
PZD5 PZD6
Constant speed 2
1)
DC bus voltage
1)
1)
Example
PROFINET IO – Start-up 281
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 Fba enable
Setting for
ACS850/ACQ810 drives
Enable
Description
50.02 Comm loss func
50.03 Comm loss t out
50.04 Fb ref1 modesel
Fault
2)
3.0 s
2)
Speed
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Enables fieldbus communication fault monitoring.
Defines the fieldbus communication break supervision time.
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 scaling.
51.01 FBA type Ethernet
1)
51.02 FBA par2
(PROTOCOL/PROFILE)
51.03 FBA par3
(COMMRATE)
10 (= PNIO Pdrive)
0 (= Auto
2)
51.04 FBA par4
(IP CONFIGURATION)
0 (= Static IP)
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the PROFINET IO protocol and the PROFIdrive profile.
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
or from the PLC via the DCP protocol.
52.01 FBA data in1
52.02 FBA data in2
52.03 FBA data in3
52.05 FBA data in5
53.01 FBA data out1
53.02 FBA data out2
53.03 FBA data out3
53.05 FBA data out5
4 (= SW 16bit)
1)
5 (= Act1 16bit)
122
2)
107
2)
1 (= CW 16bit)
1)
2 (= Ref1 16bit)
2606
2)
2607
2)
Status word
Actual value 1 (speed)
Power
DC bus voltage
Control word
Reference 1 (speed)
Constant speed 1
Constant speed 2
51.27 FBA par refresh Refresh
10.01 Ext1 start func FB
Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
Selects the fieldbus interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
282 PROFINET IO – Start-up
Drive parameter Setting for
ACS850/ACQ810 drives
21.01 Speed ref1 sel
(ACS850)
21.01 Speed ref sel
(ACQ810)
FBA ref1
FBA ref1
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
Description
Selects the fieldbus reference 1 as the source for speed reference 1.
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 47Eh (1150 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Speed mode).
PROFINET IO – Start-up 283
Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS880 and ACS580 drives
1. Power up the drive.
2. Enable the communication between the adapter module and the drive by selecting the correct slot number in parameter
50.01 FBA A enable.
The selection must correspond to the slot where the adapter module is installed. For example, if the adapter module is installed in slot 1, you must select slot 1.
3. With parameter 50.02 FBA A comm loss func, select how the drive reacts to a fieldbus communication break.
Note that this function monitors both communication between the fieldbus master and the adapter module and communication between the adapter module and the drive.
4. With parameter 50.03 FBA A comm loss t out, define the time between communication break detection and the selected action.
5. Select application-specific values for the rest of the parameters in group 50, starting from 50.04.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
6. Set the module configuration parameters in group 51.
At the minimum, select the communication protocol and profile with parameter 51.02 Protocol/Profile and configure the network settings with parameters 51.03…51.13.
284 PROFINET IO – Start-up
7. Define the process data transferred to and from the drive in parameter groups 52 and 53.
Note: The adapter module automatically sets the communication profile-specific virtual address for the Status word in parameter 52.01 and for the Control word in parameter
53.01.
8. Save the valid parameter values to permanent memory with parameter 96.07 Parameter save manually.
9. Validate the settings made in parameter groups 51, 52 and 53 with parameter 51.27 FBA A par refresh.
10. Set the relevant drive control parameters to control the drive according to the application.
Examples of appropriate values are shown in the tables below.
Parameter setting examples – ACS880
Speed control using PROFIdrive communication profile with PPO Type 4
This example shows how to configure a basic speed control application that uses the PROFIdrive profile. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference are according to the
PROFIdrive profile, speed control mode. For more information, see the PROFIdrive state machine on page
The reference value ±16384 (4000h) corresponds to parameter
46.01 Speed scaling in the forward and reverse directions.
Direction
Out
In
PZD1
Control word
Status word
PZD2
Speed reference
Speed actual value
PZD3 PZD4
Constant speed 1
1)
Power
1)
PZD5 PZD6
Constant speed 2
1)
DC bus voltage
1)
1)
Example
PROFINET IO – Start-up 285
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 FBA A enable
Setting for ACS880 drives
1 = Option slot 1
2)
Description
50.04 FBA A ref1 type
50.07 FBA A act1 type
4 = Speed
0 = Auto
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the fieldbus A reference 1 type and scaling.
Selects the actual value type and scaling according to the currently active Ref1 mode defined in parameter 50.04.
51.01 FBA A type 128 = ETHERNET
1)
51.02 Protocol/Profile
51.03 Commrate
51.04 IP configuration
10 = PNIO Pdrive
0 = Auto
2)
0 = Static IP
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the PROFINET IO protocol and the PROFIdrive profile.
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
or from the PLC via the DCP protocol.
52.01 FBA data in1
52.02 FBA data in2
52.03 FBA data in3
52.05 FBA data in5
53.01 FBA data out1
53.02 FBA data out2
53.03 FBA data out3
53.05 FBA data out5
4 = SW 16bit
1)
5 = Act1 16bit
01.14
01.11
1 = CW 16bit
1)
2 = Ref1 16bit
22.26
22.27
Status word
Actual value 1
Output power
DC voltage
Control word
Reference 1 (speed)
Constant speed 1
Constant speed 2
51.27 FBA A par refresh 1 = Refresh
19.12 Ext1 control mode 2 = Speed
Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
Selects speed control as the control mode 1 for external control location 1.
286 PROFINET IO – Start-up
Drive parameter
20.01 Ext1 commands
22.11 Speed ref1 source
Setting for ACS880 drives
12 = Fieldbus A
Description
4 = FB A ref1
Selects the fieldbus A interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus A reference 1 as the source for speed reference
1.
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 47Eh (1150 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Speed mode).
Parameter setting examples
–
ACS580
Frequency control using PROFIdrive communication profile with PPO Type 4
This example shows how to configure a basic frequency control application that uses the PROFIdrive profile. In addition, some application-specific data is added to the communication.
The start/stop commands and reference are according to the
PROFIdrive profile, speed control mode. For more information, see the PROFIdrive state machine on page
The reference value ±16384 (4000h) corresponds to parameter
46.02 Frequency scaling in the forward and reverse directions.
Direction
Out
In
PZD1
Control word
Status word
PZD2
Frequency reference
Frequency actual value
PZD3 PZD4
Constant frequency
1
1)
Power
1)
PZD5 PZD6
Constant frequency
2
1)
DC bus voltage
1)
1)
Example
PROFINET IO – Start-up 287
The table below gives the recommended drive parameter settings.
Drive parameter
50.01 FBA A enable
Setting for ACS580 drives
1 = Option slot 1
2)
Description
50.04 FBA A ref1 type
50.07 FBA A act1 type
0 = Speed or frequency
0 = Auto
Enables communication between the drive and the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the fieldbus A reference 1 type and scaling.
Selects the actual value type and scaling according to the currently active Ref1 mode defined in parameter 50.04.
51.01 FBA A type 128 = ETHERNET
1)
51.02 Protocol/Profile
51.03 Commrate
51.04 IP configuration
10 = PNIO Pdrive
0 = Auto
2)
0 = Static IP
Displays the type of the fieldbus adapter module.
Selects the PROFINET IO protocol and the PROFIdrive profile.
Ethernet communication rate is negotiated automatically by the device.
Configuration will be obtained from parameters
05
…
13
or from the PLC via the DCP protocol.
52.01 FBA data in1
52.02 FBA data in2
52.03 FBA data in3
52.05 FBA data in5
53.01 FBA data out1
53.02 FBA data out2
53.03 FBA data out3
53.05 FBA data out5
4 = SW 16bit
1)
5 = Act1 16bit
01.14
01.11
1 = CW 16bit
1)
2 = Ref1 16bit
28.26
28.27
Status word
Actual value 1
Output power
DC voltage
Control word
Reference 1 (frequency)
Constant frequency 1
Constant frequency 2
51.27 FBA A par refresh 1 = Refresh
19.12 Ext1 control mode 2 = Speed
Validates the FENA-11/-21 configuration parameter settings.
Selects speed control as the control mode 1 for external control location 1.
288 PROFINET IO – Start-up
Drive parameter
20.01 Ext1 commands
22.11 Speed ref1 source
Setting for ACS580 drives
12 = Fieldbus A
Description
4 = FB A ref1
Selects the fieldbus A interface as the source of the start and stop commands for external control location 1.
Selects the fieldbus A reference 1 as the source for speed reference
1.
1)
Read-only or automatically detected/set
2)
Example
The start sequence for the parameter example above is given below.
Control word:
•
Reset the fieldbus communication fault (if active).
•
Enter 47Eh (1150 decimal) –> READY TO SWITCH ON.
•
Enter 47Fh (1151 decimal) –> OPERATING (Scalar motor control mode).
PROFINET IO – Start-up 289
Configuring the master station
After the adapter module has been initialized by the drive, you must prepare the master station for communication with the module. Examples of an ABB AC500 PLC and Siemens SIMATIC
S7 PLC are given below. If you are using another master system, refer to its documentation for more information.
The examples apply to all drive types compatible with the module.
Downloading the GSD file
Configuration of the master station requires a type definition (GSD) file. In PROFINET IO, the GSD file is written in XML-based language called GSDML.
Download the FENA GSD file from the Document library
( www.abb.com/drives ). The file name format is GSDML-Vx.x-
ABB-FENA-yyyymmdd.xml.
The GSD file describes the vendor-specific and PROFIdrivespecific features of the adapter module. Vendor-specific features can be used, for example, in the ABB Drives communication profile. The PROFIdrive profile supports a set of services described in the PROFIdrive specification.
Configuring an ABB AC500 PLC
This example shows how to configure communication between an
ABB AC500 PLC and the adapter module using Control Builder
Plus PS501, software version 2.1.0 and later.
Before you start, make sure that you have downloaded the FENA
GSD file from the Document library.
1. Start the ABB Control Builder software.
2. On the Tools menu, select Device Repository.
290 PROFINET IO – Start-up
3. In the window that opens, click Install... and browse for the
GSD file.
4. Open or create the PLC project that is used to control the drive.
5. Add the CM579-PNIO PROFINET master device to the PLC project, if necessary.
6. Add the adapter module to the PROFINET IO network.
7. Add the I/O module, for example, PPO Type 4 to the adapter module to define cyclical communication between the module and the PLC.
PROFINET IO – Start-up 291
8. Define the CM579-PNIO master properties, such as the IP address and address settings for slaves.
9. Define the adapter module properties:
On the PNIO identification tab, select the IP address and
Subnet mask, and type the Station name. Note: Use only small letters for the Station name.
292 PROFINET IO – Start-up
10. Open the PLC program.
11. Compile the project and download it to the PLC.
This is necessary for you to be able to configure the CM579-
PNIO master device and allow it to scan the network.
12. Return to the CM579-PNIO master properties. On the Assign
station name tab, do the following tasks:
•
Click Connect to PLC (Login) and select the communication link used between Control Builder and the
PLC. Then, click Scan slaves to find all PROFINET slaves connected to the network.
•
In the Configure station name box, select the station name defined for the module in step 9, and then click
Assign station name.
•
In the IP address and Network mask boxes, select/type the IP address and subnet mask defined in step 9, and then click Assign IP configuration.
PROFINET IO – Start-up 293
13. Define the I/O module properties:
•
On the PNIO parameters tab, configure the Stop mode and Control-zero mode functionalities, and define fail safe values for the PLC output process data (PZDs).
•
On the PNIO Module I/O Mapping tab, type names for the variables that refer to the drive's signals in the PLC program.
294 PROFINET IO – Start-up
14. Open the PLC program and create a program that controls the drive.
15. Compile the project and download it to the PLC.
Note: Make sure that the variable names defined for the drive's signals are used in the PLC program. Otherwise the communication will not work.
PROFINET IO – Start-up 295
Configuring a Siemens SIMATIC S7 PLC
This example shows how to configure communication between a
Siemens SIMATIC S7 PLC and the adapter module using SIMATIC
Manager Step 7.
Before you start, make sure that you have downloaded the FENA
GSD file from the Document library.
1. Start the SIMATIC manager and open/create a SIMATIC program.
2. Open the hardware configuration of the project.
296 PROFINET IO – Start-up
3. Install the FENA GSD file:
•
On the Options menu, select Install GSD Files.
•
Browse for the GSD file downloaded from the Document library and click Install.
PROFINET IO – Start-up 297
4. Click and drag the FENA object from the device catalog to the
Ethernet (1): PROFINET-IO-System.
298 PROFINET IO – Start-up
5. Click and drag the PP0 Type 7 object to Slot 1.
Then, double-click FENA to open the Properties window.
PROFINET IO – Start-up 299
6. On the General tab, type a name for the adapter module in the
Device name box.
This is the IP address that will be assigned to the adapter module.
You can modify the IP address by clicking the
Ethernet button.
The IP address will be assigned by the IO controller.
300 PROFINET IO – Start-up
7. In the hardware configuration, double-click PPO Type 7 in
Slot 1 to open the Properties window.
8. On the Parameters tab, configure the stop mode and controlzero mode functionality, and define fail safe values for the PLC output process data (PZDs).
PROFINET IO – Start-up 301
9. Assign the device name (defined in step 6) to the adapter module:
•
In the hardware configuration, click FENA.
•
On the PLC menu, select Ethernet, and then select
Assign Device Name.
302 PROFINET IO – Start-up
•
Click the available device with the correct MAC address to which the device name is to be assigned. This will assign the name to the FENA adapter module. Then click Assign
name.
PROFINET IO – Start-up 303
10. Download the hardware configuration to the PLC.
The PLC is now ready for communication with the adapter module.
304 PROFINET IO – Start-up
PROFINET IO – Communication profiles 305
15
PROFINET IO –
Communication profiles
Contents of this chapter
This chapter describes the communication profiles used in the communication between the PROFINET IO master, the adapter module and the drive.
Communication profiles
Communication profiles are ways of conveying control commands
(Control word, Status word, references and actual values) between the master station and the drive.
With the FENA adapter module, the PROFINET network may employ either the PROFIdrive profile or the ABB Drives profile.
Both are converted to the native profile (eg, DCU or FBA) by the adapter module. In addition, two Transparent modes – for 16-bit and 32-bit words respectively – are available. With the Transparent modes, no data conversion takes place.
306 PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
The figure below illustrates the profile selection:
FENA
Profile selection:
PROFINET
CW
REF1
REF2
SW
ACT1
ACT2
16/32
-bit
PROFINET
•
•
PZDx
•
•
PZD10
16/32
-bit
Select
Group A
Par. 02
PROFIdrive
Data conversion
1)
ABB Drives
Data conversion
Transparent16
Optional reference/actual value scaling
1)
PROFIdrive positioning
Data conversion
1)
Transparent32
Select
Group A
Par. 02
Drive
1)
Native profile (eg, DCU or FBA)
Note: The diagram is applicable only when PPO messaging is used.
If Standard Telegrams (ST) are used, the communication profile is selected automatically.
The following sections describe the Control word, the Status word, references and actual values for the PROFIdrive and ABB Drives communication profiles. Refer to the drive manuals for details on the native profiles.
PROFINET IO – Communication profiles 307
PROFIdrive communication profile
Control word and Status word
The Control word (PROFIdrive parameter 967) is the principal means for controlling the drive from a fieldbus system. It is sent by the fieldbus master station to the drive through the adapter module. The drive switches between its states according to the bitcoded instructions in the Control word and returns status information to the master in the Status word (PROFIdrive parameter 968).
The contents of the Control word and the Status word are detailed below. See the drive documentation for information on the drivespecific bits. The drive states are presented on page
. The
drive states for the positioning mode are presented on page
Control word contents
The table below shows the contents of the Control word for the
PROFIdrive communication profile (PROFIdrive parameter 967).
The upper case boldface text refers to the states shown in the
Bit Name
0
1
ON
OFF1
OFF2
Value
1
0
1
0
STATE/Description
Speed control mode Positioning mode
Proceed to READY TO OPERATE.
Emergency OFF, stop by the selected deceleration ramp. Proceed to OFF1
ACTIVE; proceed further to READY TO
SWITCH ON unless other interlocks
(OFF2, OFF3) are active.
Continue operation (OFF2 inactive).
Emergency OFF, coast to stop.
Proceed to OFF2 ACTIVE; proceed further to SWITCH-ON INHIBIT.
308 PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
Bit
2
3
4
5
Name
OFF3
OPERATION_
ENABLE
ENABLE_
RAMP_
GENERATOR or
TRAVERSING
_TASK
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
STATE/Description
Speed control mode Positioning mode
Continue operation (OFF3 inactive).
Emergency stop, stop according to fastest possible deceleration mode. Proceed to
OFF3 ACTIVE; proceed further to
SWITCH-ON INHIBIT.
Warning: Ensure motor and driven machine can be stopped using this stop mode.
Proceed to ENABLE OPERATION.
Inhibit operation. Proceed to OPERATION
INHIBIT.
Normal operation.
Proceed to RAMP
FUNCTION
GENERATOR:
ENABLE OUTPUT.
Normal operation.
Do not reject traversing task.
Stop according to selected stop type.
Normal operation.
Proceed to RAMP
FUNCTION
GENERATOR:
ENABLE
ACCELERATION.
Halt ramping (Ramp
Function Generator output held).
Reject traversing task.
Normal operation.
No intermediate stop.
Intermediate stop
PROFINET IO – Communication profiles 309
Bit
6
7
11
12
13
14
Name
RESET
8
9
JOGGING_1
JOGGING_2
10 REMOTE_
CMD
Value
1
STATE/Description
Speed control mode Positioning mode
Normal operation.
Proceed to
OPERATING.
Note: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the source for this signal by drive parameters.
Activate traversing task (0 –> 1). This is a toggle bit; each rising edge of signal enables a traversing task or a new set point.
0 Force Ramp
Function Generator input to zero.
0 –> 1 Fault reset if an active fault exists. Proceed to SWITCH-ON INHIBIT.
Note: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the source for this signal by drive parameters.
0 (Continue normal operation)
1
0
1
0
Jogging 1 (Not supported by all drive types)
Jogging 2 (Not supported by all drive types)
Fieldbus control enabled
Control word <> 0 or reference <> 0: Retain last Control word and reference.
Control word = 0 and reference = 0:
Fieldbus control enabled.
Vendor-specific bit as defined by
PROFIdrive parameter 933
Start homing procedure.
Stop homing procedure.
Vendor-specific bit as defined by
PROFIdrive parameter 934
Vendor-specific bit as defined by
PROFIdrive parameter 935
Vendor-specific bit as defined by
PROFIdrive parameter 936
310 PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
Bit
15
Name Value
STATE/Description
Speed control mode Positioning mode
Vendor-specific bit as defined by
PROFIdrive parameter 937
Status word contents
The table below shows the contents of the Status word for the
PROFIdrive communication profile (PROFIdrive parameter 968).
The upper case boldface text refers to the states shown in the
Bit Name
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RDY_ON
RDY_RUN
RDY_REF
TRIPPED
OFF_2_STA
OFF_3_STA
SWC_ON_
INHIB
ALARM
Value
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
STATE/Description
Speed control mode Positioning mode
READY TO SWITCH ON
NOT READY TO SWITCH ON
READY TO OPERATE
OFF1 ACTIVE
ENABLE OPERATION
OPERATION INHIBIT
FAULT
No fault
OFF2 inactive
OFF2 ACTIVE
OFF3 inactive
OFF3 ACTIVE
SWITCH-ON INHIBIT ACTIVE
SWITCH-ON INHIBIT NOT ACTIVE
Warning/Alarm
No Warning/Alarm
PROFINET IO – Communication profiles 311
Bit
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Name
AT_SETPOINT
REMOTE
Value
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
STATE/Description
Speed control mode Positioning mode
OPERATING. Actual value equals reference value (= is within tolerance limits).
Actual value differs from reference value
(= is outside tolerance limits).
Drive control location: REMOTE
Drive control location: LOCAL
Target position reached.
Actual frequency or speed value equals or is greater than supervision limit.
Actual frequency or speed value is within supervision limit.
Vendor-specific bit as defined by
PROFIdrive parameter 939
Vendor-specific bit as defined by
PROFIdrive parameter 940
Not at target position
Homing procedure was executed and is valid.
No valid home position available.
Traversing task acknowledgement
(0 –> 1)
Vendor-specific bit as defined by
PROFIdrive parameter 941
Drive stopped.
Drive moving.
Traversing task is executed (n <> 0).
Vendor-specific bit as defined by
PROFIdrive parameter 942
Vendor-specific bit as defined by
PROFIdrive parameter 943
312 PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
State machine for all operating modes
The general PROFIdrive state machine for all operating modes is shown below.
MAINS OFF
SWITCH-ON
INHIBIT
(SW Bit6=1)
OFF1 (CW Bit0=0)
PROFIdrive
State machine
Power ON
A B C D
NOT READY
TO SWITCH ON
(SW Bit0=0)
(CW=xxxx x1xx xxxx x110)
(CW Bit3=0)
OPERATION
INHIBIT operation inhibited
(SW Bit2=0)
READY TO
SWITCH ON
(SW Bit0=1)
ON (CW=xxxx x1xx xxxx x111)
CW = Control word
SW = Status word n = Speed
I = Input current
RFG = Ramp function generator f = Frequency from any state
Fault from any state
READY TO
OPERATE
OFF1 (CW Bit0=0)
OFF1
ACTIVE
(SW Bit1=0) n(f)=0 / I=0
Enable operation
(CW Bit3=1)
B C D
F
Main contactor ON
(SW Bit1=1)
FAULT
(SW Bit3=1)
(CW Bit7=1) from any state from any state
Emergency stop
OFF3 (CW Bit2=0)
Emergency stop
OFF2 (CW Bit1=0)
OFF3
ACTIVE (SW Bit5=0)
OFF2
ACTIVE (SW Bit4=0) n(f)=0 / I=0 Main contactor OFF
(CW Bit4=0)
ENABLE
OPERATION
(SW Bit2=1)
C D state
(CW Bit5=0)
(CW Bit6=0) condition rising edge of the bit
D
A
B
C
D
(CW Bit4=1)
RFG: ENABLE
OUTPUT
(CW Bit5=1)
RFG: ENABLE
ACCELERATION
(CW Bit6=1)
OPERATING
(SW Bit8=1)
F
(CW Bit4,5,6=0)
E
Jogging 1 or 2 ON
(CW Bit8=1 or Bit9=1)
JOGGING 1 or 2
ACTIVE
Jogging 1 or 2 OFF
(CW Bit8=0 or Bit9=0)
Jogging pause
‘n=0 or f =0’ and ‘I=0’ and pause expired
PROFINET IO – Communication profiles 313
State machine for the positioning mode
The PROFIdrive state machine for the positioning mode is shown below.
F
E
BASIC STATE:
Operating
1)
(SW Bit10,13=1)
(CW Bit4,5=1 and
CW Bit6 edge 0
1)
(CW Bit11=1)
HOMING
RUNNING
HOMING
READY
(SW Bit10,11,13=0)
(SW Bit10,11,13=1)
(CW Bit11=0)
F F
(CW Bit6 edge
0
1)
Traversing task active
(SW Bit10,13=0)
F
(CW Bit5=0)
Braking with ramp
(SW Bit10,13=0)
Intermediate stop
E
(CW Bit5=0)
(CW Bit4=0)
Braking with ramp
(SW Bit10,13=0)
PROFIdrive
State machine for PROFIdrive positioning mode
CW= Control word
SW = Status word
State condition
1)
In the “Operating” state of the general state machine:
SW bits 0, 1 and 2 = 1
SW bit 6 = 0.
F
314 PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
References
ABB drives can receive control information from multiple sources including analog and digital inputs, the drive control panel and a fieldbus adapter module (for example, FENA). To have the drive controlled through PROFINET, you must select the module as the source for control information, for example, reference.
References in speed control mode
In the speed control mode, references are 16-bit or 32-bit words containing a sign bit and a 15-bit or 31-bit integer. A negative reference (indicating reversed direction of rotation) is formed by calculating the two’s complement from the corresponding positive reference.
A 16-bit speed reference (REF or NSOLL_A) in hexadecimal
(0…4000h) corresponds to 0…100% of Maximum Reference (as defined with a drive parameter).
A 32-bit speed reference (NSOLL_B) in hexadecimal (0…4000
0000h) corresponds to 0…100% of Maximum Reference (as defined with a drive parameter).
References in positioning mode (ACSM1 only)
In the positioning mode, references are 16-bit or 32-bit words. A
32-bit reference contains a sign bit and a 31-bit integer. A negative reference (indicating reversed direction of rotation) is formed by calculating the two’s complement from the corresponding positive reference.
For a 32-bit position reference (XSOLL_A), the unit and scaling are defined with drive parameters (for example, POS UNIT, POS2INT
SCALE and FEED CONST).
For a 32-bit velocity reference (VELOCITY_A), the unit and scaling are defined with drive parameters (for example, POS SPEED UNIT and POS SPEED2INT).
PROFINET IO – Communication profiles 315
Actual values
Actual values are 16-bit or 32-bit words containing information on the operation of the drive. The functions to be monitored are selected with a drive parameter.
Actual values in speed control mode
The scaling of 16-bit actual speed values (ACT or NIST_A) in hexadecimal (0…4000h) corresponds to 0…100% of the maximum reference (as defined with a drive parameter, for example, speed scaling in ACSM1, ACS850, ACQ810, ACS880 and ACS580, and external reference in ACS355).
The scaling of 32-bit actual speed values (NIST_B) in hexadecimal
(0…4000 0000h) corresponds to 0…100% of the maximum reference (as defined with a drive parameter, for example, speed scaling in ACSM1, ACS850, ACQ810, ACS880 and ACS580, and external reference in ACS355).
Actual values in positioning mode (ACSM1 only)
For a 32-bit actual position value (XIST_A), the unit and scaling are defined with drive parameters (for example, POS UNIT,
POS2INT SCALE and FEED CONST).
316 PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
ABB Drives communication profile
Control word and Status word
The Control word is the principal means for controlling the drive from a fieldbus system. It is sent by the fieldbus master station to the drive through the adapter module. The drive switches between its states according to the bit-coded instructions in the Control word and returns status information to the master in the Status word.
The contents of the Control word and the Status word are detailed
below. The drive states are presented on page
Control word contents
The table below shows the contents of the Control word for the
ABB Drives communication profile. The upper case boldface text refers to the states shown on page
.
Bit Name
0 OFF1_
CONTROL
Value
1
STATE/Description
Proceed to READY TO OPERATE.
1
2
OFF2_
CONTROL
OFF3_
CONTROL
0
1
0
1
0
Stop along currently active deceleration ramp. Proceed to OFF1 ACTIVE; proceed to READY TO SWITCH ON unless other interlocks (OFF2, OFF3) are active.
Continue operation (OFF2 inactive).
Emergency OFF, coast to stop.
Proceed to OFF2 ACTIVE, proceed to
SWITCH-ON INHIBITED.
Continue operation (OFF3 inactive).
Emergency stop, stop within time defined by drive parameter. Proceed to OFF3
ACTIVE; proceed to SWITCH-ON
INHIBITED.
Warning: Ensure that motor and driven machine can be stopped using this stop mode.
PROFINET IO – Communication profiles 317
Bit
3
4
5
6
7
Name
INHIBIT_
OPERATION
RAMP_OUT_
ZERO
RAMP_HOLD
RAMP_IN_
ZERO
RESET
Value
1
0
1
0
STATE/Description
Proceed to OPERATION ENABLED.
Note: Run enable signal must be active; see drive documentation. If the drive is set to receive the Run enable signal from the fieldbus, this bit activates the signal.
Inhibit operation. Proceed to
OPERATION INHIBITED.
Normal operation. Proceed to RAMP
FUNCTION GENERATOR: OUTPUT
ENABLED.
Force Ramp Function Generator output to zero. Drive ramps to stop (current and DC voltage limits in force).
1
0
1
Enable ramp function.
Proceed to RAMP FUNCTION
GENERATOR: ACCELERATOR
ENABLED.
Halt ramping (Ramp Function Generator output held).
Normal operation. Proceed to
OPERATION.
Note: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the source for this signal by drive parameters.
0 Force Ramp Function Generator input to zero.
0 –> 1 Fault reset if an active fault exists.
Proceed to SWITCH-ON INHIBITED.
Note: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the source for this signal by drive parameters.
0 Continue normal operation.
8…9 Reserved
318 PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
Bit Name
10 REMOTE_
CMD
Value
1
0
STATE/Description
Fieldbus control enabled
Control word and reference not getting through to the drive, except for CW bits
OFF1, OFF2 and OFF3.
11
12…
15
EXT_CTRL_
LOC
1
0
Select External Control Location EXT2.
Effective if control location parameterized to be selected from fieldbus.
Select External Control Location EXT1.
Effective if control location parameterized to be selected from fieldbus.
Drive-specific (For information, see the drive documentation.)
Status word contents
The table below shows the contents of the Status word for the ABB
Drives communication profile. The upper case boldface text refers to the states shown on page
.
Bit
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Name
RDY_ON
RDY_RUN
RDY_REF
TRIPPED
OFF_2_STA
OFF_3_STA
SWC_ON_
INHIB
1
0
1
0
Value STATE/Description
1
0
READY TO SWITCH ON
NOT READY TO SWITCH ON
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
READY TO OPERATE
OFF1 ACTIVE
OPERATION ENABLED
OPERATION INHIBITED
FAULT
No fault
OFF2 inactive
OFF2 ACTIVE
OFF3 inactive
OFF3 ACTIVE
SWITCH-ON INHIBITED
–
PROFINET IO – Communication profiles 319
Bit
7
8
9
10
11
Name
ALARM
AT_SETPOINT
REMOTE
ABOVE_
LIMIT
EXT_CTRL_
LOC
Value STATE/Description
1
0
Warning/Alarm
No warning/alarm
1
0
1
0
1
OPERATION. Actual value equals reference (= is within tolerance limits, ie, in speed control, speed error is 10% max. of nominal motor speed).
Actual value differs from reference (= is outside tolerance limits).
Drive control location: REMOTE (EXT1 or EXT2)
Drive control location: LOCAL
0
1
0
Actual frequency or speed equals or exceeds supervision limit (set by drive parameter). Valid in both directions of rotation.
Actual frequency or speed within supervision limit
External Control Location EXT2 selected.
Note concerning ACS880: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the target for this signal by drive parameters. User bit 0 selection (06.33)
External Control Location EXT1 selected
12
13…
14
EXT_RUN_
ENABLE
1 External Run Enable signal received.
Note concerning ACS880: This bit is effective only if the fieldbus interface is set as the target for this signal by drive parameters. User bit 1 selection (06.34)
0 No External Run Enable signal received
Drive-specific (For information, see the drive documentation.)
15 FBA_ERROR 1
0
Communication error detected by fieldbus adapter module
Fieldbus adapter communication OK
320 PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
State machine
The state machine for the ABB Drives communication profile is shown below.
MAINS OFF
Power ON
SWITCH-ON
INHIBITED
(CW Bit0=0)
(SW Bit6=1)
ABB Drives communication profile
A B C D
(CW Bit3=0)
OPERATION
INHIBITED operation inhibited
(SW Bit2=0)
NOT READY TO
SWITCH ON
(CW=xxxx x1xx xxxx x110)
READY TO
SWITCH ON
(SW Bit0=0)
(SW Bit0=1)
(CW=xxxx x1xx xxxx x111)
CW = Control word
SW = Status word n = Speed
I = Input current
RFG = Ramp function generator f = Frequency from any state
Fault from any state
READY TO
OPERATE
(SW Bit1=1)
FAULT
(SW Bit3=1)
OFF1 (CW Bit0=0)
OFF1
ACTIVE
(SW Bit1=0) n(f)=0 / I=0
B C D
(CW Bit3=1 and
SW Bit12=1)
(CW=xxxx x1xx xxxx 1111 and SW Bit12=1)
(CW Bit7=1) from any state
Emergency stop
OFF3 (CW Bit2=0) from any state
Emergency OFF
OFF2 (CW Bit1=0)
OFF3
ACTIVE
(SW Bit5=0)
OFF2
ACTIVE
(SW Bit4=0)
(CW Bit4=0) n(f)=0 / I=0
(CW Bit5=0)
(CW Bit6=0)
C D
D
A
OPERATION
ENABLED
(SW Bit2=1)
(CW=xxxx x1xx xxx1 1111)
RFG: OUTPUT
ENABLED
B
(CW=xxxx x1xx xx11 1111)
C
RFG: ACCELERATOR
ENABLED
(CW=xxxx x1xx x111 1111)
OPERATION
(SW Bit8=1)
D state condition rising edge of the bit
PROFINET IO – Communication profiles 321
References
References are 16-bit words containing a sign bit and a 15-bit integer. A negative reference (indicating reversed direction of rotation) is formed by calculating the two’s complement from the corresponding positive reference.
ABB drives can receive control information from multiple sources including analog and digital inputs, the drive control panel and a fieldbus adapter module (for example, FENA). To have the drive controlled through the fieldbus, you must select the module as the source for control information, for example, reference.
Scaling
References are scaled as shown below.
Note: The values of REF1 MAX and REF2 MAX are set with drive parameters. See the drive manuals for further information.
In ACSM1, ACS850, ACQ810, ACS880 and ACS580, the speed reference (REFx) in decimal (0…20000) corresponds to 0…100% of the speed scaling value (as defined with a drive parameter).
In ACS355, drive parameter REFx MIN may limit the actual minimum reference.
Fieldbus
REF2: 10000
REF1: 20000
Drive
REFx MAX / Speed scale
0
REFx MIN
-(REFx MIN)
REF2: -10000
REF1: -20000
-(REFx MAX) / Speed scale
322 PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
Actual values
Actual values are 16-bit words containing information on the operation of the drive. The functions to be monitored are selected with a drive parameter.
Scaling
Actual values are scaled as shown below.
Note: The values of REF1 MAX and REF2 MAX are set with drive parameters. See the drive manuals for further information.
Fieldbus Drive
ACT2: 10000
ACT1: 20000
REFx MAX
0 0
ACT2: -10000
ACT1: -20000
-(REFx MAX)
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 323
16
PROFINET IO –
Communication protocol
Contents of this chapter
This chapter describes the PROFINET IO communication protocol for the adapter module. For detailed information on PROFINET IO communication, refer to PROFINET specification Application Layer
protocol for decentralized periphery and distributed automation
v2.0.
PROFINET IO
PROFINET IO is a fieldbus protocol that enables communication between programmable controllers and distributed field devices in an Ethernet network. The protocol classifies devices into I/O controllers, I/O supervisors and I/O devices, which have a specific collection of services.
324 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
PROFINET IO uses three different communication channels to exchange data:
•
The standard UDP/IP and TCP/IP channel is used for parameterization and configuration of devices and for acyclic operations.
•
The real time (RT) channel is used for cyclic data transfer and alarms.
•
The isochronous real time (IRT) channel is used, for example, in motion control applications (not implemented in FENA).
PROFINET IO devices are structured in slots and sub-slots, which can contain modules and sub-modules correspondingly. A device can have almost any number of slots and sub-slots, and they can be virtual or real. Device-specific data is represented in slot 0; module-specific and sub-module-specific data in subsequent slots and sub-slots.
One of the benefits of PROFINET IO is the diagnostics and alarm mechanism. Every module and sub-module provide alarm data to the I/O controller using the cyclic channel. Diagnostic data can be read non-cyclically from the device by using record data.
The properties and services of a PROFINET IO device are described in a GSD file written in GSDML (General Station
Description Markup Language). The GSD file describes the device-specific modules and the method of assigning modules and sub-modules to predefined slots and sub-slots. For more information,
on page
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 325
PROFINET IO in FENA
When PROFINET IO is selected as the communication protocol, the FENA adapter module can employ the ABB Drives,
Transparent 16 and Transparent 32 communication profiles or the
PROFIdrive profile. You can select the profile with a GSD file in a
PROFINET IO hardware configuration tool. You can select the appropriate device access point (DAP) and functional module with the tool as well.
The adapter module uses slots 0 and 1. Slot 0 does not have any sub-slots, and the DAP module attached to it represents the device itself. Other functional modules and sub-modules described in the
GSD file can be assigned to slot 1 and its sub-slots.
In the ABB Drives and Transparent profiles:
•
Slot 0 = Device access point (DAP)
•
Slot 1, sub-slot 1 = Vendor object (PPO types)
•
Slot 1, sub-slot 1 = Acyclic parameter access (MAP/PAP)
In the PROFIdrive profile:
•
Slot 0 = Device access point
•
Slot 1 = Drive object
•
Slot 1, sub-slot 1 = Acyclic parameter access (MAP/PAP)
•
Slot 1, sub-slot 2 = Standard telegram 1
•
Slot 1, sub-slots 3
…
18 = Freely configurable inputs and outputs
The adapter module provides the following services:
•
Cyclic messaging
•
Acyclic parameter access mechanism
•
Identification & Maintenance functions (I&M)
•
PROFIdrive parameters (limited in the ABB Drives and
Transparent profiles)
•
Diagnostic and alarm mechanism (only with the PROFIdrive profile)
•
Fault buffer mechanism (limited in the ABB Drives and
Transparent profiles).
326 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
Cyclic message types
PPO types
Parameter identification
Fixed area
OUT area
IN area ID
Process data
Freely mappable area
IND
IND
VALUE
VALUE
PKW
CW
SW
REF
PZD3 PZD4 PZD5 PZD6 PZD7 PZD8 PZD9
PZD10
ACT
PZD3 PZD4 PZD5 PZD6 PZD7 PZD8 PZD9 PZD10
PZD11
PZD11
PZD12
PZD12
PZD
Type 3
DP-V1
Type 4
DP-V1
Type 6
Type 7
1)
DP-V1
DP-V1
OUT area – Data sent from master to slave (control data)
IN area – Data sent from slave to master (actual data)
Parameter identification:
ID – Parameter identification
IND – Index for arrays
VALUE – Parameter value (Max. 4 bytes)
PKW – Parameter ID/value
Process data:
CW – Control word
SW – Status word
REF – Reference
ACT – Actual value
PZD – Process data (application-specific)
DW – Data word
1)
Not supported by ACS355 drives
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 327
Standard telegram (ST) types (DP-V1)
ST1 PZD1
OUT area STW1
Control word 1
IN area ZSW1
Status word 1
PZD2
NSOLL_A
Speed set point A
NIST_A
Speed actual value A
ST2 PZD1
OUT area STW1
Control word 1
IN area ZSW1
Status word 1
PZD2…3
NSOLL_B
Speed set point B
NIST_B
Speed actual value B
PZD4
STW2
Control word 2
ZSW2
Status word 2
Note: For the contents of the Control word, the Status word, references and actual values, see chapter
Parameter handling using acyclic parameter access mechanism (DP-V1)
PROFINET IO offers record read and write services for the acyclic parameter access mechanism. When the drive parameters or
FENA parameters are accessed, the corresponding slot, sub-slot and index are set, and a PROFIdrive DP-V1 message is placed on the data block of the record read or write frame.
328 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
Header and frame structures
PROFINET IO uses the DCE RPC (Distributed Computing
Environment Remote Procedure Call) protocol for acyclic read and write services. I/O controllers and supervisors take care of formulating most of the request frames. However, it is possible that handling the PROFIdrive request and response headers must be performed in the application logic. The acyclic frame structure, headers and error codes are described further below.
Frames Dest addr.
Bytes 6
Src addr.
6
Ether type
IP
UDP
2 28
RPC NDR Read or
Write
80 20 64
Data
…
Dest addr. and Src addr. are the destination and the source of the communication relationship. The addresses are in hexadecimal format, for example, 00-30-11-02-57-AD.
Ether type is 0x800 for non-real-time communication.
IP and UDP fields contain the IP address of the source and the destination as well as the communication ports and length of the message.
RPC contains, for example, the read or write service ID, interface description and selected objects.
NDR request block describes the length of the following data block.
The response block also contains bytes ErrorCode, ErrorDecode,
ErrorCode1 and ErrorCode2 for presenting the status of the request. The response error codes are listed in the table below.
Byte
ErrorCode
Value and meaning
0xDF (Error Write)
0xDE (Error Read)
ErrorDecode 0x80 (PNIORW) ErrorCode1 decoded as shown in section
.
0x81 (PNIO) ErrorCode1 and ErrorCode2 decoded as shown in section
.
ErrorCode1
ErrorCode2
Error class and error code. See section
on page
Not described here
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 329
ErrorCode1
The table below lists the ErrorCode1 with PNIORW decoding.
Error class
0…9
10 (0x0A)
11 (0x0B)
12 (0x0C)
Meaning
(Reserved)
Application
Access
Resource
13…15 User-specific
Error code
0 = Read error
1 = Write error
2 = Module failure
3…7 = Reserved
8 = Version conflict
9 = Feature not supported
10…15 = User-specific
0 = Invalid index
1 = Write length error
2 = Invalid slot
3 = Type conflict
4 = Invalid area
5 = State conflict
6 = Access denied
7 = Invalid range
8 = Invalid parameter
9 = Invalid type
10…15 = User-specific
0 = Read constraint conflict
1 = Write constraint conflict
2 = Resource busy
3 = Resource unavailable
4…7 = Reserved
8…15 = User-specific
330 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
DP-V1 read/write request sequence
A read/write service on a drive parameter is illustrated below.
Master
PROFIdrive
Parameter request
DP-V1
Write request DB47
Slave
Parameter request
Write response without data
PROFIdrive
Parameter response
Read request DB47 without data
Read response (–) without data
Read request DB47 without data
Read response with data
Parameter processing
Parameter response
The messaging employs DP-V1 data units. The PROFIdrive parameter request is included within the DP-V1 request as data.
Likewise, the DP-V1 response contains the PROFIdrive parameter response as data.
A write request is first sent containing the parameter request. If the write request is valid, the adapter module acknowledges it with a
DP-V1 write response with no data. The master will then send a read request. If the adapter module is still busy performing the internal parameter request, it will return a negative response with the DP-V1 error code B5h (State conflict). In this case, the master will repeat the read request until the adapter module has the
PROFIdrive response data ready.
If the write request is invalid, a negative response is returned with
a DP-V1 error code (see section
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 331
Read and write blocks
A read block is used in read requests and responses, while a write block is used in write requests and responses. A request consists of unique identifiers for the connection, addressing information and the length of the record data. A response also contains two additional fields for transferring information.
The table below shows the structure of the read and write blocks in detail.
Field(s)
Service
Operation
Block length
ARUUID
API
Slot
Subslot
Padding
Index
Data length
Description
Request or Response service
Range
Request (0x00)
Response (0x80)
Read or Write operation Write (0x08)
Read (0x09)
Type
UI8
UI8
Length of the block
Identifier
• time low
• time mid
• time high and version
• clock
• node
0…0xFFFF UI16
Application process identifier
Device access point (0x0000)
PROFIdrive
(0x3A00)
0x01 Slot of the module access point
(MAP/PAP)
Subslot of the module access point
(MAP/PAP)
2 bytes
0x01
UI16
UI16
Index of the record data object
0x2F
0xB02E
0xB02F
UI16
Length of the data block 0…0xFFFFFFFF UI32
UI32
UI16
UI16
Octet[2]
Octet[6]
UI32
332 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
Field(s)
Additional value 1
(response only)
Additional value 2
(response only)
Padding
Data block
Description
Field for transferring additional data
Field for transferring additional data
Range Type
UI16
UI16
24 bytes for request, 20 bytes for response.
Used only with write request and read response.
Data block
The data block contains a PROFIdrive-specific request or response header.
The table below shows the contents of the PROFIdrive request.
Field(s) Description Range
Request
Reference
Request ID
Unique identification set by the master. Changed for each new request.
Request type for the issued block
1…255
Byte/
Word
Byte
Byte Request
Parameter (01h)
Change
Parameter (02h)
0…255
1…37
Byte
Byte
Drive Object ID
No. of
Parameters
To be set to 0 or 1.
Number of the parameters that are present in the request
Attribute Type of the object being accessed.
Note: “Description” and
“Text” are not supported.
No. of Elements Number of the array elements accessed or length of the string accessed. Set to 0 if non-array parameters are used.
Value (10h)
Description (20h)
Text (30h)
0, 1…234
Byte
Byte
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 333
Field(s) Description Range Byte/
Word
Word Parameter Index Address of the parameter that is being accessed. “0” is allowed by FENA.
Subindex Addresses
• the first array element of the parameter or
• the beginning of a string access or
• the text array or
• the description element that is being accessed
Format
1)
See the table on page
335
.
1…65535
0…65535 Word
See the table on page
335
.
Byte
Number of
Values
1)
Values
1)
Number of the values following
0…234 Byte
The values of the request. In case of an odd number of bytes, a zero byte is appended to ensure the word structure of the telegram.
– See the
Format field.
1)
Only if Request ID is 02h (Change Parameter). The Format, Number of
Values and Values fields are repeated for other parameters.
334 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
The table below shows the contents of the PROFIdrive response.
Field(s)
Request
Reference
(mirrored)
Response ID
Description
Mirrored from the request.
Response from the slave. In case any requested services fail, a “not acknowledged” (NAK) response will be indicated.
Range
1…255
Request Param OK
(01h)
Request Param NAK
(81h)
Change Param OK
(02h)
Change Param NAK
(82h)
0…255 Drive Object
ID
To be set to 1.
No. of
Parameters
Format
1)
Number of the parameters that are present in the response
See the table on page
335
.
1…37
See the table on page
335
.
Number of
Values
1)
Number of the values following 0…234
Values
1)
The values of the request. In case of an odd number of bytes, a zero byte is appended to ensure the word structure of the telegram.
–
1)
Only if Response ID is 01h (Request Parameter OK). The Format,
Number of Values and Values fields are repeated for other parameters.
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 335
The table below shows the data types for the Format field in the
PROFIdrive response.
Code
0x00
0x01…0x36
0x37…0x3F
0x40
0x41
0x42
0x43
0x44
0x45…0xFF
Type
(Reserved)
Standard data types
1 Boolean (not supported)
2 Integer8 (not supported)
3 Integer16
4 Integer32
5 Unsigned8 (not supported)
6 Unsigned16
7 Unsigned32
8 Floating point (not supported)
9 Visible string (not supported)
• • •
(Reserved)
Zero
Byte
Word
Double word
Error
(Reserved)
336 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
The table below shows the PROFIdrive parameter request error codes
.
Error # Meaning
00h Impermissible parameter number
01h
02h
03h
04h
05h
06h
07h
09h
0Bh
0Fh
11h
14h
15h
Parameter value cannot be changed
Low or high limit exceeded
Invalid subindex
No array
Used at
Access to an unavailable parameter
Change access to a parameter value that cannot be changed
Change access with a value outside the limits
Access to an unavailable subindex
Access with a subindex to a nonindexed parameter
Incorrect data type
Setting not permitted
(can only be reset)
Description element cannot be changed
No description data available
Change access with a value that does not match the data type of the parameter
Change access with a value unequal to 0 when this is not permitted
Change access to a description element that cannot be changed
Access to an unavailable description
(parameter value is available)
No operation priority Change access rights without rights to change parameters
No text array available Access to a text array that is not available (Parameter value is available.)
Request cannot be executed because of operating mode
Value impermissible
Access is temporarily not possible for reasons that are not specified in detail.
Change access with a value that is within limits but is not permissible for other long-term reasons (parameter with defined single values)
Response too long The length of the current response exceeds the maximum transmittable length.
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 337
Error #
16h
17h
18h
6Eh
6Fh
78h
Meaning
Parameter address impermissible
Illegal format
Number of values inconsistent
Non-volatile error
Time-out error
PZD map failure
Used at
Illegal value or value that is not supported for the attribute, number of elements, parameter number or sub-index, or a combination
Write request: Illegal format or format of parameter data that is not supported
Write request: Number of values of the parameter data does not match the number of elements at the parameter address.
– 65h…FF Manufacturer-specific error area
65h
66h
67h
Vendor-specific error Vendor-specific error
Request not supported Request not supported
Communication error Request cannot be completed because of a communication error.
Failure during write to non-volatile memory
Request aborted because of a timeout.
Parameter cannot be mapped to
PZD (size mismatch or nonexistent).
79h PZD memory failure
7Ah
82h
8Ch
90h
Multiple PZD map
Control word bit map
Set torque mode error
Illegal Request ID
Parameter cannot be mapped to
PZD (out of memory).
Parameter cannot be mapped to
PZD (multiple PZD write).
Cannot map Control word bit
(parameter 933…937, eg, double mapping of bits).
Cannot change mode to TORQUE
(frequency is used).
The request ID of the response is illegal.
338 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
Error # Meaning
96h
A0h
Internal buffer
Internal communication
Used at
Buffer overflow
Communication error between the module and the drive
Function blocks for sending DP-V1 messages
(Siemens S7)
In IEC 61131-3 compatible systems, function blocks are available for accessing data non-cyclically. In Siemens S7, SFB 52
"RDREC" can be used for reading and SFB53 "WRREC" for writing data records as follows:
•
On INDEX: Connect the value 0xB02F, 0xB02E or 0x2F.
•
On Write record: Set the length of the DP-V1 write request to
MLEN.
•
On Read record: Set the maximum length of the DP-V1 read response.
•
Connect the DP-V1 message to RECORD.
RDREC
BOOL --- REQ
DWORD
INT
INT
ID
INDEX
MLEN
ANY RECORD--
VALID --- BOOL
BUSY --- BOOL
ERROR --- BOOL
STATUS --- DWORD
LEN --- INT
--RECORD
WRREC
BOOL --- REQ
DWORD --- ID
INT --- INDEX
INT --- LEN
ANY --- RECORD--
DONE --- BOOL
BUSY --- BOOL
ERROR --- BOOL
STATUS --- DWORD
--RECORD
For more information on the above function blocks, see document
Communication Function Blocks for PROFIBUS DP and
PROFINET IO v2.0 available at www.profibus.com
.
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 339
Parameter data transfer examples
The following examples show how parameter data is transferred using the DP-V1 mechanisms READ and WRITE.
Note: Only the data block part of the request is presented in the examples. See section
Example 1a: Reading a drive parameter (array element)
Drive parameters are addressed so that the drive parameter group corresponds to the Parameter index (PNU), and the drive parameter number within the group corresponds to the Subindex
(IND). In the following example, a value is read from drive parameter 12.04 (0C.04h).
•
DP-V1 Write request (Read parameter value):
DP header
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Request reference
Request ID (01h= Request Parameter
Drive object ID
Number of parameters
Attribute (10h = Value)
Number of elements
Parameter index
Subindex
01 01 B0 2F 0A 05 01 01 01 10 01 00 0C 00 04
DP-V1 Command PROFIdrive V3 Parameter Channel
DP trailer
340 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
•
Positive Read response to DP-V1 Read request:
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Response reference (mirrored)
Response ID
Drive object ID
Number of parameters
Format (42h = Word)
Number of values
Parameter value
DP header
01 01 B0 2F 08 05 01 01 01 42 01 05 64
DP-V1 Response PROFIdrive V3 Parameter Channel
•
Negative response to PROFIdrive Read request:
DP trailer
DP header
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Response reference (mirrored)
Response ID
Drive object ID (mirrored)
Number of parameters
Format (44h = Error)
Number of values
PROFIdrive error code
01 01 B0 2F 08 05 01 01 01 42 01 05 64
DP-V1 Response PROFIdrive V3 Parameter Channel
DP trailer
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 341
Example 1b: Reading 3 drive parameters
(multi-parameter)
In this example, three parameters (12.04, 20.08 and 30.19) are read using one telegram.
•
DP-V1 Write request (Read parameter value):
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Request reference
Request ID (01h= Request Parameter
Drive object ID
Number of parameters
Attribute (10h = Value)
Number of elements
Parameter number
Subindex
DP header
01 01 B0 2F 16 06 01 01 03 10 01 00 0C 00 04
DP-V1 Command PROFIdrive V3 Parameter Channel
•••
•••
•••
10 01 00 14 00 08
(Par. Channel continued)
•••
10 01 00 1E 00 13
(Par. Channel continued)
DP trailer
342 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
•
Positive Read response to DP-V1 Read request:
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Response reference (mirrored)
Response ID
Drive object ID
Number of parameters
Format (42h = Word)
Number of values
Parameter value
DP header
01 01 B0 2F 10 06 01 01 03 42 01 01 90
DP-V1 Response
PROFIdrive V3 Parameter
Channel
•••
•••
42 01 01 F4
(Par. Channel cont’d)
•••
•••
42 01 00 30
(Par. Channel cont’d)
DP trailer
The values 190h (400), 1F4h (500) and 1Eh (30) are returned.
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 343
Example 2a: Writing a drive parameter (one array element)
Drive parameters are addressed so that the drive parameter group corresponds to the Parameter index (PNU), and the drive parameter number within that group corresponds to the Subindex
(IND). In the following example, a value is written to drive parameter 12.02 (0C.02h).
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Request reference
Request ID
Drive object ID
Number of parameters
Attribute (10h = Value)
Number of elements
Parameter number
Subindex
Format
(42h = Word)
Number of values
Value
01 01 B0 2F 0E 07 02 01 01 10 01 00 0C 00 02 42 01 02 58
DP-V1 Command PROFIdrive V3 Parameter Channel
344 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
DP header
Slot number
Slot number
Index
Data length
Request reference (mirrored)
Response ID
Drive object ID (mirrored)
Number of parameters
01 01 B0 2F 04 07 02 01 01
DP-V1 Response
PROFIdrive V3
Parameter Channel
DP trailer
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 345
Example 2b: Writing 2 drive parameters
(multi-parameter)
In this example, the values 300 (12Ch) and 500 (1F4h) are written to drive parameters 12.02 (0C.02h) and 20.08 (14.08h) respectively using one telegram.
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Request reference
Request ID (02h= Change Parameter)
Drive object ID
Number of parameters
Attribute (10h = Value)
Number of elements
Parameter number
Subindex
DP header
01 01 B0 2F 14 08 02 01 02 10 01 00 0C 00 02
DP-V1 Command
PROFIdrive V3 Parameter
Channel
••• 10 01 00 14 00 08
(Par. Channel cont’d)
•••
•••
•••
•••
42 01 01 2C
(Par. Channel cont’d)
•••
42 01 01 F4
(Par. Channel cont’d)
DP trailer
Value
Number of values
Format (42h = Word)
346 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Request reference (mirrored)
Response ID
Drive object ID (mirrored)
Number of parameters
DP header
01 01 B0 2F 04 08 02 01 02
DP-V1 Response
PROFIdrive V3
Parameter Channel
DP trailer
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 347
Example 3: Reading a PROFIdrive parameter
In this example, PROFIdrive parameter 919 (397h) is used to read the device system number of the slave, which is the product code of the drive.
•
DP-V1 Write request (Reading a PROFIdrive parameter):
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Request reference
Request ID (01h= Request Parameter)
Drive object ID
Number of parameters
Attribute (10h = Value)
Number of elements
Parameter index
Subindex
DP header
01 01 B0 2F 0A 09 01 01 01 10 00 03 97 00 00
DP-V1 Command PROFIdrive V3 Parameter Channel
•
DP-V1 Read response:
DP trailer
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Response reference (mirrored)
Response ID
Drive object ID
Number of parameters
Format (42h = Word)
Number of values
Value of error values
DP header
01 01 B0 2F 0A 09 01 01 01 07 01 00 00 02 0B
DP-V1 Response PROFIdrive V3 Parameter Channel
DP trailer
The slave returns the product code of the drive (20Bh in this example).
348 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
Example 4: Configuring the process data written to the drive
PROFIdrive parameter 915 (393h) can be used to define which data is written cyclically to a drive parameter as application-specific process data.
In the example below, the value of drive parameter 12.06 (0C.06h) is selected to be taken from PZD3. The parameter will continue to be updated with the contents of PZD3 in each Request frame until a different selection is made.
Subindex (IND) defines which process data word the required data is taken from. Value selects the drive parameter to which that word is mapped.
•
DP-V1 Write request
:
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Request reference
Request ID (02h = Change
Drive object ID
Number of parameters
Attribute (10h = Value)
Number of elements
Parameter number
Subindex
Format (42h =
Word)
Number of values
Value
01 01 B0 2F 0E 0A 02 01 01 10 01 03 93 00 03 42 01 0C 06
DP-V1 Command PROFIdrive V3 Parameter Channel
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 349
•
DP-V1 Read response:
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Request reference (mirrored)
Response ID
Drive object ID (mirrored)
Number of parameters
Format (42h = Word)
Number of values
Value of error values
DP header
01 01 B0 2F 08 0A 01 01 01 42 01 00 68
DP-V1 Response PROFIdrive V3 Parameter Channel
DP trailer
Subsequently, the contents of PZD3 in each Request frame are written to drive parameter 12.06 until a different selection is made.
350 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
Example 5: Determining the source of the process data read from the drive
PROFIdrive parameter 916 (394h) can be used to define which data is read cyclically from the drive as application-specific process data. In the example below, the parameter is used to determine which drive parameter the contents of PZD3 are taken from.
Subindex (IND) defines which process data word the required data is transmitted in.
•
DP-V1 Write request:
DP header
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Request reference
Request ID (01h = Read)
Drive object ID
Number of parameters
Attribute (10h = Value)
Number of elements
Parameter index
Subindex
01 01 B0 2F 0A 0B 01 01 01 10 01 03 94 00 03
DP-V1 Response PROFIdrive V3 Parameter Channel
DP trailer
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 351
•
DP-V1 Read response:
DP header
Slot number
Subslot number
Index
Data length
Request reference (mirrored)
Response ID
Drive object ID (mirrored)
Number of parameters
Format (42h = Word)
Number of values
Value of error values
01 01 B0 2F 08 0B 01 01 01 42 01 0C 05
DP-V1 Response PROFIdrive V3 Parameter Channel
DP trailer
Value indicates the source of PZD3 as drive parameter 12.05
(0C.05h).
Diagnostic and alarm mechanism
The FENA adapter module has mechanisms for sending alarms and saving diagnostics data to a fault buffer. An alarm is triggered if the host or drive has faults in communication or operation. The alarm and fault buffer mechanisms are enabled by default and can be disabled with a configuration parameter (
on page
352 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
Alarm mechanism
When a fault situation occurs, the adapter module sends an alarm notification, which the master station has to acknowledge. Alarm notifications can be acknowledged, viewed and handled, for example, with Siemens S7 blocks OB82, OB83, OB86 and OB122.
•
Block OB82 is used to make sure that the drive does not go to the stop mode during a diagnostic alarm.
•
Block OB83 is called if a module is inserted or removed from the system or if the module is modified.
•
BLock OB86 indicates if there is a failure or event in the distributed periphery.
•
BLock OB122 is called if the CPU calls a device that is not accessible.
Fault code mapping
An alarm notification contains a fault code, which is called
ChannelErrorType. For PROFIdrive API, the drive internal
DRIVECOM fault numbers are mapped to PROFIdrive
ChannelErrorTypes according to the table below. The fault numbers that are not listed are mapped to ChannelErrorType
Other.
ChannelErrorType Description
0x9000
0x9001
0x9002
0x9003
Microcontroller hardware or software
Mains supply
Low voltage supply
DC link overvoltage
DRIVECOM fault numbers
4211, 5000, 5401,
5402, 5403, 5484,
5691, 5693, 6100,
6180, 6300, 6306,
6306, 6320, 6481,
6487, 630D, 630F,
64A1, 64A2, 64A3,
64E1, 6581, 65A1,
6682, 6683, 6684,
6881, FF55
3291
3130, 3220
3210
ChannelErrorType
0x9004
0x9005
0x9006
0x9007
0x9008
0x9009
0x900A
0x900B
0x900C
0x900D
0x900E
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 353
Description
Power electronics
Overtemperature electronic device
DRIVECOM fault numbers
2211, 2281, 2310,
2312, 2340, 2381,
3180, 3181, 3182,
3183, 3184, 3185,
3186, 3187, 3381,
3385, 5400, 5482,
5682, 5692, FF56
4110, 4210, 4212,
4290, 4310, 4313,
4981, 7182, 42F1,
4380
2330
7121
Earth/ground fault
Motor overload
Fieldbus system
Safety channel
Feedback
8182, 8183, 5090,
5091, FA81, FA82,
FF7A, FFA0, FFA1,
FFA2
7301, 7310, 7380,
7381, 7389, 7391,
8480, 8584, 738A,
738B, 738C, 73A0,
73A1
Internal communication 5480, 5681, 5690,
7000, 7080, 7081,
7510, 7520, 7540,
7584
Infeed
Brake resistor 7111, 7112, 7113,
7181, 7183, 7184,
7185, 7186, 7187,
7191, 71A2, 71A3,
71A5
Line filter
354 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
ChannelErrorType
0x900F
Description
External
DRIVECOM fault numbers
9000, 9001, 9081,
FF81, FF82, FF8E,
FF90
6382 0x9010
0x9011
0x9012
Technology
Engineering
Other 5080, 5093, 5210,
5300, 6200, 7583,
8110, 8500, 8582,
8583, FF61, FF69,
FF6A, FF83, FF84,
FF95
Fault buffer mechanism
The PROFIdrive profile has a mechanism that can store eight fault situations to PROFIdrive parameters. Fault and diagnostic data, like fault number and fault code, can be accessed simultaneously with only one subindex. The mechanism consists of four
PROFIdrive parameters:
•
PNU944: Fault message counter.
•
Incremented each time the fault buffer changes.
•
PNU945: PROFIdrive fault codes presented in section
•
PNU946: Fault code list that converts fault numbers to fault codes.
•
Read using the fault number as a subindex to get the corresponding fault code.
•
PNU947: Fault numbers according to the DRIVECOM profile.
PROFINET IO – Communication protocol 355
The table below illustrates the structure of a fault buffer. The fault buffer consists of two parameters: fault number (PNU 947) and fault code (PNU 945). The rows of the fault buffer are represented by the parameter subindices. Fault messages are entered into the buffer in the sequence they are detected. Each line in the fault buffer represents a fault message, which is a part of a fault situation. A fault situation lasts from a detection of a fault to its acknowledgement.
Actual fault situation n
Fault situation n-1
…
PNU947
Fault number
0x4210
0
0
0
0
0x7510
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
…
PNU945
Fault code
0x9005
0
0
0
0
0x900B
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
…
Subindex
0
1
2
3
7
8
9
10
11
4
5
6
12
13
14
15
…
356 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
Fault situation n-7
PNU947
Fault number
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PNU945
Fault code
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Subindex
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
PROFINET IO – Diagnostics 357
17
PROFINET IO – Diagnostics
Contents of this chapter
This chapter explains how to trace faults with the status LEDs on the adapter module when the module is used for PROFINET IO communication.
Fault and warning messages
For the fault and warning messages concerning the adapter module, see the drive firmware manual.
358 PROFINET IO – Diagnostics
LEDs
The adapter module is equipped with three bicolor diagnostic
LEDs. The LEDs are described below.
Name
HOST
Color
Blinking green
Green
Blinking red
Flashing orange, alternating with the MODULE flashing orange
Function
Establishing communication to host
Connection to host OK
Communication to host lost temporarily
Internal file system error. The error may be cleared by cycling drive power. If the error persists, contact your local ABB representative.
PROFINET IO – Diagnostics 359
Name
MODULE
Color
Off
Green
Flashing green
Function
There is no power applied to the device.
Device is operating in a normal condition.
Device needs commissioning due to configuration missing, incomplete or incorrect. The device may be in the
Standby state. This may be caused by the adapter waiting for a response from a
DHCP server or Duplicate Address
Detection to complete.
Flashing red
Red
Recoverable fault
Ethernet interface is disabled. Duplicate
Address Detection may have detected a duplicate address. Check the IP configuration and either initiate a
Fieldbus Adapter parameter refresh or cycle power to the drive.
Flashing redgreen
Device is in Self Test.
Flashing orange Device is blinking. Used for identification.
The blinking is started by the PROFINET master.
Flashing orange, alternating with the HOST flashing orange
Internal file system error. The error may be cleared by cycling drive power. If the error persists, contact your local ABB representative.
360 PROFINET IO – Diagnostics
Name
NETWORK
/NET
Color
Off
Flashing green
Function
Device is not on-line.
• The device has not completed the
Duplicate Address Detection yet.
• The device may not be powered; look at the MODULE status LED.
Device is receiving/transmitting on the
Ethernet.
Technical data 361
18
Technical data
Contents of this chapter
This chapter contains the technical specifications of the adapter module and the Ethernet link.
FENA-01/-11/-21
The figure below shows the enclosure of the adapter module from the front and side.
362 Technical data
Installation
Degree of protection
Ambient conditions
Package
Indicators
Connectors
Power supply
General
Into an option slot on the drive control unit
IP20
The applicable ambient conditions specified for the drive in its manuals are in effect.
Cardboard. Plastic wrapping: Antistatic air bubble sheet (PE).
Three bicolor LEDs (HOST, MODULE,
NETWORK/NET)
A 20-pin connector to the drive
RJ-45 connector to Ethernet (X1)
FENA-21 only: RJ-45 connector for chaining another adapter module (X2)
+3.3 V
±
5% max. 400 mA (supplied by the drive)
Complies with EMC standard EN 61800-3:2004
Printed circuit board conformal coated
Ethernet link
Compatible devices
Medium
Topology
Transfer rate
Serial communication type
Protocol
Ethernet Standard IEEE 802.3 and IEEE 802.3u devices
10BASE-TX or 100Base-TX with Autonegotiation and Auto-MDIX (Auto-crossover)
• Wiring: CAT5/6 UTP, CAT5/6 FTP, CAT5/6
STP
• Connector: RJ-45
• Termination: Internal
• Maximum segment length: 100 m / 328 ft
Bus or star.
Max. 50 nodes allowed for FENA-21 in a daisy chain topology.
10 Mbps or 100 Mbps
Half or full duplex
Modbus/TCP, EtherNet/IP, PROFINET IO
Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
19
Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of
PROFINET IO
Contents of this chapter
This chapter contains:
•
PROFIdrive parameters of the PROFINET IO communication protocol
• telegram and response structures for the I&M (Identification &
Maintenance) records of the PROFINET IO communication protocol.
364 Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
PROFIdrive parameters
Par. no. R/W
1)
Data type
915 R/W Array [12]
Unsigned16
Description
Assignment PZD1 to PZD12 in PPOwrite
916
919
922
923
R
R
R/W Array [12]
Unsigned16
R
Assignment PZD1 to PZD12 in PPOread
Octet String4 Device system number
Unsigned16
Array [n]
Unsigned16
Telegram selection
List of all parameters for signals.
Mandatory if process data normalization is used and/or parameters
are implemented.
Type
Unsigned16
Signal no. and name
1 – Control word 1
(STW1)
2 – Status word 1
(ZSW1)
3 – Control word 2
(STW2)
4 – Status word 2
(ZSW2)
5 – Speed set point A
(NSOLL_A)
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Signed16
Signed16 6 – Speed actual value
A (NIST_A)
7 – Speed set point B
(NSOLL_B)
8 – Speed actual value
B (NIST_B)
27 – Position set point
A (XSOLL_A)
28 – Position actual value A (XIST_A)
Signed32
Signed32
Signed32
Signed32
Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
Par. no. R/W
1)
Data type
927
928
R/W
R/W
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Description
32 – Traversing block selection (SATZANW)
(not supported)
33 – Actual traversing block (AKTSATZ) (not supported)
34 – Target position
(TARPOS_A) (not supported)
35 – Velocity
(VELOCITY_A)
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Signed32
Unsigned32
101…9999 – Drivespecific
–
Operator control rights (parameter identification, PKW)
Value
0
Mode
Parameters cannot be
can be written).
1 Parameters can be written and read (default).
Control rights (process data, PZD).
Value
0
1
Mode
PZD part is disabled, ie,
Receipt of new PZD data is ignored.
PZD part is enabled
(default).
366 Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
Par. no. R/W
1)
Data type
929 R Unsigned16
930
933
934
935
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Description
Selected PPO type
Value
1
2
PPO type
PPO1
PPO2
3
4
5
PPO3
PPO4
PPO5
6
7
PPO6
PPO7
Note: This parameter is not available if
Standard telegram ST1 or ST2 is selected.
Selection switch for communication profile.
Value
1
Mode
PROFIdrive
8001h
8002h
8003h
ABB Drives
Transparent 16
Transparent 32
8004h PROFIdrive positioning mode
Selection switch for Control word, bit
11.
Value Module Control word bit
0
1 to 5
None
Vendor specific 1 to 5
2)
Selection switch for Control word, bit
Selection switch for Control word, bit
Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
Par. no. R/W
1)
Data type
936 R/W Unsigned16
937
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
R
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Array[64]
Unsigned16
Description
Selection switch for Control word, bit
14. (See parameter
Selection switch for Control word, bit
15. (See parameter
Selection switch for Status word, bit 11.
Value Module Status word bit
0
1 to 4
None
Vendor specific 1 to 4
2)
Selection switch for Status word, bit
12. (See parameter
Selection switch for Status word, bit
13. (See parameter
24
32
40
48
56
Selection switch for Status word, bit
14. (See parameter
Selection switch for Status word, bit
15. (See parameter
Fault message counter
Fault code (Channel Error Type)
Subindex Contents
0 Last fault
8
16
Second last ackn. fault
Third last ackn. fault
Fourth last ackn. fault
Fifth last ackn. fault
Sixth last ackn. fault
Seventh last ackn. fault
Eighth last ackn. fault
368 Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
Par. no. R/W
1)
946
947
953
954
955
956
957
964
965
967
968
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Data type
Array [n]
Unsigned16
Array [64]
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Array [7]
Unsigned16
Description
Fault code list. Contains the mapping between DRIVECOM fault codes and
Channel Error Types.
If you use a DRIVECOM fault code as an index when reading PNU946, the corresponding Channel Error Type is returned.
Fault number (coded according to the
DRIVECOM profile).
Subindex Contents
1
2
3
See parameter
945
.
Last alarm
3)
Second last alarm
3)
Third last alarm
3)
Fourth last alarm
3)
Fifth last alarm
3)
Subindex Contents
0 Manufacturer
Device type
Version
Firmware date (year)
4 Firmware date
(day/month)
Number of Axes 5
Octet String2 Profile number of this device.
Eg: 0302h = Profile 3, Version 2
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Control word (CW)
Status word (SW)
Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
Par. no. R/W
1)
Data type
970 R/W Unsigned16
971
972
975
980
981
R/W
R/W
R
R
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Array[n]
Unsigned16
Array[n]
Unsigned16
Description
Load parameter record
Value Description
0
1
No action
Restore factory settings
The parameter must do a zero-to-one transition and the motor must be stopped.
Save parameter record
Value Description
0 No action
1 Save the drive parameters to nonvolatile memory
The parameter must do a zero-to-one transition and the motor must be stopped.
Software reset
Value
0
1
Description
No action
Re-boot PROFIBUS module
The parameter must do a zero-to-one transition and the motor must be stopped.
DO identification. For subindexes
.
Subindex Meaning
5 Value 2 = Axis
Number list of defined parameters. If the subindex is 0, the end of the list has been reached. If the subindex is the number of the next list parameter, the list is continued there.
370 Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
Par. no. R/W
1000
50000
61000
R/W
R/W
R
1)
Data type
Unsigned16
Unsigned16
Description
Map 16-bit selection
3)
. Used to request the data type for mapped parameters if mapping is done with parameter 915 or
916.
Value Description
1 Use 16-bit mapping, if available.
Disable alarms.
Value Description
0 PNIO alarms enabled.
1 PNIO alarms disabled.
VisibleString24 Name of station
61001
61002
R
R
Unsigned32
Array [6]
Unsigned8
Unsigned32
IP of station
MAC of station
61003 R Default gateway of station
61004 R Unsigned32 Subnet mask of station
1)
Read and/or Write
2)
The meaning of vendor-specific bits is defined by the drive control program.
3)
Support depends on the drive type.
Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
I&M records
I&M (Identification & Maintenance) records can be read, for example, with the DTM tool. The FENA adapter module supports the mandatory I&M0 record as well as the optional I&M1, I&M2,
I&M3 and I&M4 records.
Call-REQ-PDU telegram for read/write access to
I&M records
Function
I&M0
I&M1
I&M2
I&M3
I&M4
Record Data Index
0xAFF0
0xAFF1
0xAFF2
0xAFF3
0xAFF4
372 Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
Response structure for I&M0 (Read-only)
Header
I&M block
Contents
MANUFACTURER_ID
ORDER_ID
SERIAL_NUMBER
Size Coding
10 Octets –
2 Octets 0x1A = ABB Automation
20 Octets For instance,
“68469422” for FENA-
01 kit)
16 Octets Serial number of FENA module
HARDWARE_REVISION 2 Octets Hardware version of
FENA module
SOFTWARE_REVISION 4 Octets Format: V255.255.255
Eg, V1.0.0 = software version 100
REVISION_COUNTER 2 Octets (Marks a change of hardware or its parameters)
PROFILE_ID 2 Octets 3A00 (…3AFF)
PROFIdrive
2 Octets 0 = no specific type PROFILE_SPECIFIC_
TYPE
IM_VERSION
IM_SUPPORTED
2 Octets 0x0101 = version 1.1
2 Octets 30 = I&M0, I&M1, I&M2,
I&M3 and I&M4 supported
Response structure for I&M1 (Read/Write)
Contents
Header
I&M block
TAG_FUNCTION
TAG_LOCATION
Size Coding
10 Octets –
32 Octets Device function or task
22 Octets Device location
Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
Response structure for I&M2 (Read/Write)
Header
I&M block
Contents Size Coding
10 Octets –
INSTALLATION_DATE 16 Octets Installation date.
Eg, 2011-01-01 16:23
RESERVED 38 Octets Reserved
Note: I&M1, I&M2 and I&M3 are blank (0x20) by default.
Response structure for I&M3 (Read/Write)
Header
I&M block
Contents
DESCRIPTOR
Size Coding
10 Octets –
54 Octets Description of the device set by the user
Response structure for I&M4 (Read/Write)
Contents
Header
I&M block
SIGNATURE
Size Coding
10 Octets –
54 Octets Security code for identifying sessions and changes
Note: I&M4 is filled with zeros (0x0) by default.
374 Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
Appendix B – ABB IP configuration tool for FENA 375
20
Appendix B – ABB IP configuration tool for FENA
Contents of this chapter
This chapter shows how to use the ABB IP configuration tool to:
• find configured and unconfigured FENA adapter modules in the network
• rewrite the IP configuration of the adapter modules.
Installation
The ABB IP configuration tool is part of the Control Builder Plus software. No separate installation is needed.
376 Appendix B – ABB IP configuration tool for FENA
Finding adapter modules in the network
1. Open the ABB IP configuration tool.
2. Click the Scan button.
The FENA adapter modules present in the network appear on the results list.
Appendix B – ABB IP configuration tool for FENA 377
Rewriting the IP configuration of adapter modules
1. Scan the network for adapter modules.
For instructions, see section
Finding adapter modules in the network
on page
2. On the results list, click to select the adapter module whose IP configuration you want to modify.
3. Below New configuration, define the IP configuration settings according to your network configuration.
4. If you want the adapter module to use a static IP address instead of DHCP, clear the DHCP check box.
378 Appendix B – ABB IP configuration tool for FENA
5. To apply the new settings, click the Send Configuration button.
The new current IP address and configured IP address appear on the results list.
Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages 379
21
Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages
Contents of this chapter
This chapter presents the FENA configuration web pages.
Browser requirements
Any web browser can be used.
Compatibility
The web pages work with all drives compatible with the FENA
adapter module. For a compatibility table, see section
page
380 Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages
Logging in
1. Open a web browser and type the IP address of the adapter module in the address field.
Example: http://192.168.0.24/
2. Log in with a user name and a password.
Default user name: Admin.
Password: The last six digits of the MAC ID of the adapter module, without hyphens.
The MAC ID is visible on the cover of the adapter module and in the ABB IP configuration tool (see
Appendix B – ABB IP configuration tool for FENA
).
•
Example: If the MAC ID of the adapter module is 00-1C-
01-00-2F-73, the password is 002F73.
The user interface is loaded.
Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages 381
Menu overview
To navigate on the web pages, use the menu items available:
•
Status
•
Configuration
•
Support
•
Password (only visible when Support is clicked).
382 Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages
Status page
The Status page shows various version information, as well as the serial number and MAC address (MAC ID) of the adapter module.
Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages 383
Configuration page
On the Configuration page, you can modify parameter settings in the configuration parameter groups A (1), B (2) and C (3).
384 Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages
After you have changed any setting in any of the groups, you have to click Save and reboot at the bottom of Group A to validate the settings.
Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages 385
Support page
On the Support page, you can access documentation related to the adapter module, and the EDS and GSDML files. The latest files corresponding to the drive firmware are available through the hyperlinks given below WWW documentation and downloads.
386 Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages
Password page
The Password menu item becomes visible only after you have clicked the Support menu item.
Further information
Product and service inquiries
Address any inquiries about the product to your local ABB representative, quoting the type designation and serial number of the unit in question. A listing of ABB sales, support and service contacts can be found by navigating to www.abb.com/searchchannels .
Product training
For information on ABB product training, navigate to www.abb.com/drives and select Training courses.
Providing feedback on ABB Drives manuals
Your comments on our manuals are welcome. Go to www.abb.com/drives and select Document Library – Manuals
feedback form (LV AC drives).
Document library on the Internet
You can find manuals and other product documents in PDF format on the Internet. Go to www.abb.com/drives and select Document
Library. You can browse the library or enter selection criteria, for example a document code, in the search field.
Contact us
www.abb.com/drives www.abb.com/solar www.abb.com/windpower www.abb.com/drivespartners
3AUA0000093568 Rev B (EN) 2014-01-29
ABB Oy
AC Drives
ABB Inc.
Automation Technologies
ABB Beijing Drive Systems Co. Ltd
No 1 Block D A-10 Jiuxianqiao B
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Related manuals
advertisement
Table of contents
- 2 List of related manuals
- 5 Table of contents
- 17 Safety instructions
- 17 Contents of this chapter
- 18 Use of warnings
- 19 Safety in installation
- 21 Introduction to the manual
- 21 Contents of this chapter
- 21 Applicability
- 21 Compatibility
- 21 Drives
- 22 Protocols
- 23 Tools
- 23 Target audience
- 23 Purpose of the manual
- 24 Contents
- 26 Terms and abbreviations
- 26 General terms and abbreviations
- 27 Modbus/TCP terms and abbreviations
- 27 EtherNet/IP terms and abbreviations
- 28 PROFINET IO terms and abbreviations
- 33 Overview of the Ethernet network and the FENA-01/-11/- 21 module
- 33 Contents of this chapter
- 33 Ethernet network
- 34 Example topology of the Ethernet link
- 35 FENA-01/-11/-21 Ethernet adapter module
- 36 Layout of the adapter module
- 39 Mechanical installation
- 39 Contents of this chapter
- 39 Necessary tools and instructions
- 39 Unpacking and examining the delivery
- 40 Installing the adapter module
- 43 Electrical installation
- 43 Contents of this chapter
- 43 Warnings
- 43 Necessary tools and instructions
- 44 General cabling instructions
- 44 Connecting the adapter module to the Ethernet network
- 45 Connection procedure
- 47 Modbus/TCP protocol
- 49 Modbus/TCP – Start-up
- 49 Contents of this chapter
- 49 Warnings
- 50 Drive configuration
- 50 Modbus/TCP connection configuration
- 51 FENA-01/-11-/21 configuration parameters – group A (group 1)
- 60 FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group B (group 2)
- 61 FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group C (group 3)
- 62 Control locations
- 63 Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS355 drives
- 64 Parameter setting examples – ACS355
- 64 Speed and torque control using the ABB Drives – Enhanced communication profile
- 67 Starting up fieldbus communication for ACSM1 drives
- 68 Parameter setting examples – ACSM1
- 68 Speed and torque control using the ABB Drives – Enhanced communication profile
- 72 Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS850 and ACQ810 drives
- 73 Parameter setting examples – ACS850 and ACQ810
- 73 Speed control using the ABB Drives – Enhanced communication profile
- 76 Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS880 and ACS580 drives
- 78 Parameter setting examples – ACS880
- 78 Speed control using the ABB Drives – Enhanced communication profile
- 81 Parameter setting examples – ACS580
- 81 Frequency control using the ABB Drives – Enhanced communication profile
- 84 Client configuration
- 84 Modbus register maps
- 85 Modbus/TCP – Communication profiles
- 85 Contents of this chapter
- 85 Communication profiles
- 87 ABB Drives communication profile
- 87 Control word and Status word
- 87 Control word contents
- 89 Status word contents
- 91 State machine
- 92 References
- 92 Scaling
- 93 Actual values
- 93 Scaling
- 95 Modbus/TCP – Communication protocol
- 95 Contents of this chapter
- 95 Modbus/TCP
- 96 Register addressing
- 96 Function codes
- 97 Encapsulated Interface Transport / Read Device Identification
- 98 Exception codes
- 98 Communication profiles
- 99 ABB Drives profile - Classic
- 100 ABB Drives profile - Enhanced
- 102 Transparent 16-bit
- 103 Transparent 32-bit
- 107 Modbus/TCP – Diagnostics
- 107 Contents of this chapter
- 107 Fault and warning messages
- 108 LEDs
- 110 Internal error code registers
- 113 EtherNet/IP protocol
- 115 EtherNet/IP – Start-up
- 115 Contents of this chapter
- 115 Warnings
- 116 Drive configuration
- 116 EtherNet/IP connection configuration
- 117 FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group A (group 1)
- 130 FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group B (group 2)
- 131 FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group C (group 3)
- 132 Control locations
- 133 Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS355 drives
- 134 Parameter setting examples – ACS355
- 134 Speed control using the ODVA AC/DC drive profile, Extended speed control assembly
- 137 Starting up fieldbus communication for ACSM1 drives
- 138 Parameter setting examples – ACSM1
- 138 Speed control using the ODVA AC/DC drive profile, Extended speed control assembly
- 141 Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS850 and ACQ810 drives
- 142 Parameter setting examples – ACS850 and ACQ810
- 142 Speed control using the ODVA AC/DC drive profile, Extended speed control assembly
- 145 Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS880 and ACS580 drives
- 146 Parameter setting examples – ACS880 and ACS580
- 146 Speed control using the ODVA AC/DC drive profile, Extended speed control assembly
- 149 Configuring the client
- 149 Before you start
- 149 Select protocol/profile
- 149 Select output and input assembly instances
- 151 Select connection method
- 151 I/O connections
- 151 Connected explicit messaging
- 151 Unconnected explicit messaging
- 152 EDS files
- 153 Configuring an Allen-Bradley® PLC
- 159 EtherNet/IP – Communication profiles
- 159 Contents of this chapter
- 159 Communication profiles
- 161 ODVA AC/DC drive profile
- 162 ODVA output attributes
- 162 Run Forward & Run Reverse (Control supervisor object)
- 162 Fault Reset (Control supervisor object)
- 162 Net Ctrl (Control supervisor object)
- 162 Net Ref (AC/DC drive object)
- 163 Speed Reference (AC/DC drive object)
- 165 Torque Reference (AC/DC drive object)
- 166 ODVA input attributes
- 166 Faulted (Control supervisor object)
- 166 Warning (Control supervisor object)
- 166 Running Forward (Control supervisor object)
- 166 Running Reverse (Control supervisor object)
- 166 Ready (Control supervisor object)
- 166 Ctrl From Net (Control supervisor object)
- 166 Ref From Net (AC/DC drive object)
- 167 At Reference (AC/DC drive object)
- 167 State (Control supervisor object)
- 169 Speed Actual (AC/DC drive object)
- 171 Torque Actual (AC/DC drive object)
- 172 ABB Drives communication profile
- 172 Control word and Status word
- 172 Control word contents
- 175 Status word contents
- 177 State machine
- 178 References
- 178 Scaling
- 179 Actual values
- 179 Scaling
- 181 EtherNet/IP – Communication protocol
- 181 Contents of this chapter
- 181 EtherNet/IP
- 182 Object modeling and functional profiles
- 182 Assembly objects
- 182 Basic speed control assembly
- 183 Basic speed control plus drive parameters assembly
- 185 Extended speed control assembly
- 186 Extended speed control plus drive parameters assembly
- 189 Basic speed and torque control assembly
- 190 Basic speed and torque control plus drive parameters assembly
- 192 Extended speed and torque control assembly
- 193 Extended speed and torque control plus drive parameters assembly
- 196 ABB Drives profile with set speed assembly
- 197 ABB Drives profile with set speed plus drive parameters assembly
- 199 ABB Drives profile with set speed and set torque assembly
- 200 ABB Drives profile with set speed and set torque plus drive parameters assembly
- 203 Transparent 16 with one assembly
- 204 Transparent 16 with one assembly plus drive parameters
- 206 Transparent 16 with two assembly
- 207 Transparent 16 with two assembly plus drive parameters
- 209 Transparent 32 with one assembly
- 210 Transparent 32 with one assembly plus drive parameters
- 213 Transparent 32 with two assembly
- 214 Transparent 32 with two assembly plus drive parameters
- 217 Class objects
- 218 Identity object, class 01h
- 218 Class attributes (Instance #0)
- 218 Instance attributes (Instance #1)
- 218 Attribute explanations
- 221 Motor data object, class 28h
- 221 Class attributes (Instance #0)
- 221 Instance attributes (Instance #1)
- 222 Control supervisor object, class 29h
- 222 Class attributes (Instance #0)
- 223 Instance attributes (Instance #1)
- 224 AC/DC-drive object, class 2Ah
- 224 Class attributes (Instance #0)
- 225 Instance attributes (Instance #1)
- 226 Drive parameter object, class 90h
- 227 Fieldbus configuration object, class 91h
- 227 Class attributes
- 227 Instance #1: FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters group A (group 1)
- 231 Instance #2: FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters group B (group 2)
- 232 Instance #3: FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters group C (group 3)
- 233 TCP/IP interface object, class F5h
- 233 Class attributes (Instance #0)
- 234 Attribute explanations
- 236 Ethernet link object, class F6h
- 236 Class attributes (Instance #0)
- 237 Instance attributes (Instance #1)
- 237 Connection object, class 05h
- 238 Class attributes
- 238 Instance attributes
- 240 Acknowledge handler object, class 2Bh
- 240 Class attributes (Instance #0)
- 240 Instance attributes (Instance #1)
- 241 EtherNet/IP – Diagnostics
- 241 Contents of this chapter
- 241 Fault and warning messages
- 242 LEDs
- 245 PROFINET IO protocol
- 247 PROFINET IO – Start-up
- 247 Contents of this chapter
- 247 Warnings
- 248 Drive configuration
- 248 PROFINET IO connection configuration
- 249 FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group A (group 1)
- 258 FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group B (group 2)
- 260 FENA-01/-11/-21 configuration parameters – group C (group 3)
- 261 Virtual address area allocation with ACSM1
- 262 Control locations
- 263 Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS355 drives
- 264 Parameter setting examples – ACS355
- 264 Speed control using the PROFIdrive communication profile with PPO Type 4
- 266 Speed and torque control using the ABB Drives communication profile with PPO Type 4
- 269 Starting up fieldbus communication for ACSM1 drives
- 270 Parameter setting examples – ACSM1
- 270 Speed control using the PROFIdrive communication profile with PPO Type 4
- 272 Position control using the PROFIdrive communication profile with PPO Type 4
- 276 Speed and torque control using the ABB Drives communication profile with PPO Type 4
- 279 Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS850 and ACQ810 drives
- 280 Parameter setting examples – ACS850 and ACQ810
- 280 Speed control using the PROFIdrive communication profile with PPO Type 4
- 283 Starting up fieldbus communication for ACS880 and ACS580 drives
- 284 Parameter setting examples – ACS880
- 284 Speed control using PROFIdrive communication profile with PPO Type 4
- 286 Parameter setting examples – ACS580
- 286 Frequency control using PROFIdrive communication profile with PPO Type 4
- 289 Configuring the master station
- 289 Downloading the GSD file
- 289 Configuring an ABB AC500 PLC
- 295 Configuring a Siemens SIMATIC S7 PLC
- 305 PROFINET IO – Communication profiles
- 305 Contents of this chapter
- 305 Communication profiles
- 307 PROFIdrive communication profile
- 307 Control word and Status word
- 307 Control word contents
- 310 Status word contents
- 312 State machine for all operating modes
- 313 State machine for the positioning mode
- 314 References
- 314 References in speed control mode
- 314 References in positioning mode (ACSM1 only)
- 315 Actual values
- 315 Actual values in speed control mode
- 315 Actual values in positioning mode (ACSM1 only)
- 316 ABB Drives communication profile
- 316 Control word and Status word
- 316 Control word contents
- 318 Status word contents
- 320 State machine
- 321 References
- 321 Scaling
- 322 Actual values
- 322 Scaling
- 323 PROFINET IO – Communication protocol
- 323 Contents of this chapter
- 323 PROFINET IO
- 325 PROFINET IO in FENA
- 326 Cyclic message types
- 326 PPO types
- 327 Standard telegram (ST) types (DP-V1)
- 327 Parameter handling using acyclic parameter access mechanism (DP-V1)
- 328 Header and frame structures
- 329 ErrorCode1
- 330 DP-V1 read/write request sequence
- 331 Read and write blocks
- 332 Data block
- 338 Function blocks for sending DP-V1 messages (Siemens S7)
- 339 Parameter data transfer examples
- 339 Example 1a: Reading a drive parameter (array element)
- 341 Example 1b: Reading 3 drive parameters (multi-parameter)
- 343 Example 2a: Writing a drive parameter (one array element)
- 345 Example 2b: Writing 2 drive parameters (multi-parameter)
- 347 Example 3: Reading a PROFIdrive parameter
- 348 Example 4: Configuring the process data written to the drive
- 350 Example 5: Determining the source of the process data read from the drive
- 351 Diagnostic and alarm mechanism
- 352 Alarm mechanism
- 352 Fault code mapping
- 354 Fault buffer mechanism
- 357 PROFINET IO – Diagnostics
- 357 Contents of this chapter
- 357 Fault and warning messages
- 358 LEDs
- 361 Technical data
- 361 Contents of this chapter
- 361 FENA-01/-11/-21
- 362 Ethernet link
- 363 Appendix A – PROFIdrive parameters and I&M records of PROFINET IO
- 363 Contents of this chapter
- 364 PROFIdrive parameters
- 371 I&M records
- 371 Call-REQ-PDU telegram for read/write access to I&M records
- 372 Response structure for I&M0 (Read-only)
- 372 Response structure for I&M1 (Read/Write)
- 373 Response structure for I&M2 (Read/Write)
- 373 Response structure for I&M3 (Read/Write)
- 373 Response structure for I&M4 (Read/Write)
- 375 Appendix B – ABB IP configuration tool for FENA
- 375 Contents of this chapter
- 375 Installation
- 376 Finding adapter modules in the network
- 377 Rewriting the IP configuration of adapter modules
- 379 Appendix C – FENA configuration web pages
- 379 Contents of this chapter
- 379 Browser requirements
- 379 Compatibility
- 380 Logging in
- 381 Menu overview
- 382 Status page
- 383 Configuration page
- 385 Support page
- 386 Password page
- 387 Further information
- 387 Product and service inquiries
- 387 Product training
- 387 Providing feedback on ABB Drives manuals
- 387 Document library on the Internet